UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

OR

2023
or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     

For the transition period from to
Commission File Number:file number 001-38791

GORES METROPOULOS,

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its Charter)

charter)

Delaware

83-1804317

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2603 Discovery Drive

Suite 100

Orlando
Florida32826

9800 Wilshire Blvd.

Beverly Hills, CA

(Address of principal executive offices)

Principal Executive Offices)

90212

(Zip Code)

(800) 532-2417
Registrant's telephone number, including area code
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (310) 209-3010

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Units, each consisting of one share of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value and one-third of one Warrant

Nasdaq Capital Market

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share

LAZR

The Nasdaq CapitalStock Market

Warrants to purchase Class A common stock

Nasdaq Capital Market

LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  YES Yes   No NO 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES Yes  NO  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant:registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),; and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   YES Yes     No  NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). YES Yes  NO  No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. (SeeSee the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Act.

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. □
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). □
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    YES Yes     No NO 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was not a public companyapproximately $1.9 billion as of June 30, 2018 and therefore it cannot calculate2023 (the last business day of the aggregate market valueregistrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) based upon the closing sale price on The Nasdaq Stock Market reported for such date. Shares of its voting and non-voting common equityCommon Stock held by non-affiliates aseach officer and director and by each person who may be deemed to be an affiliate have been excluded. This determination of such date.  

affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of March 29, 2019, there were 40,000,000February 15, 2024, the registrant had 324,798,757 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 10,000,00097,088,670 shares of the Company’s Class FB common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, issuedoutstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement (the “Proxy Statement”) relating to its 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the U.S. Securities and outstanding.

Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates.


Table of ContentsGORES METROPOULOS, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Page

2

19

43

43

Mine Safety DisclosuresDisclosures.

43

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity SecuritiesSecurities.

44

45

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsOperations.

47

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market RiskRisk.

49

Financial Statements and Supplementary DataData.

50

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial DisclosuresDisclosure.

63

Controls and ProceduresProcedures.

63

63

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate GovernanceGovernance.

64

72

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder MattersMatters.

72

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director IndependenceIndependence.

74

Principal Accounting Fees and ServicesServices.

76

Exhibits and Financial Statement SchedulesSchedules.

77

i



CERTAIN TERMS

References to the “Company,” “our,” “us” or “we” refer to Gores Metropoulos, Inc., a blank check company incorporated in Delaware on August 28, 2018. References to our “Sponsor” refer to Gores Metropoulos Sponsor, LLC, an affiliateTable of Mr. Dean Metropoulos, our Chairman and Mr. Alec E. Gores, our Chief Executive Officer. References to “Metropoulos” or “Metropoulos & Co.” refer to Metropoulos & Co, an affiliate of our Sponsor. References to “Gores” or “The Gores Group” refer to The Gores Group LLC, also an affiliate of our Sponsor. References to our “Public Offering” refer to the initial public offering of Gores Metropoulos, Inc., which closed on February 5, 2019 (the “IPO Closing Date”).

SPECIALContents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKINGFORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains(this “Form 10-K”) includes forward-looking statements thatin addition to historical information. These forward-looking statements are forward-looking and as such are not historical facts. This includes, without limitation, statements under “Item 7. Management’sincluded throughout this Form 10-K, including in the sections entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operations,” and in other sections of this Form 10-K and include statements regarding product plans, future growth, sales estimates/Order Book numbers, market opportunities, strategic initiatives, industry positioning, customer acquisition and retention, revenue growth and anticipated impacts on our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations. These statements constitute projections, forecasts and forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are not guarantees of performance. They involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or impliedhealth epidemics and outbreaks. In some cases, you can identify these statements by these statements. Such statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K,forward-looking words such as “anticipate,“outlook,“believe,“believes,“continue,“expects,” “future,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “estimate,“seeks,“expect,“approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “may,“plans,“might,“estimates,“plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements,“anticipates” or the negative version of these words or other comparable words or phrases, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. WhenThese forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business.
These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including, our history of losses and our expectation that we discusswill continue to incur significant expenses, including substantial R&D costs, and continuing losses for the foreseeable future as well as our strategieslimited operating history which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter; our strategic initiatives which may prove more costly than we currently anticipate and potential failure to increase our revenue to offset these initiatives; whether our LiDAR products are selected for inclusion in autonomous driving or plans,Advanced Driving Assistance Systems (“ADAS”) by automotive original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) or their suppliers, and whether we will be de-selected by any customers; the lengthy period of time from a major commercial win to implementation and the risks of cancellation or postponement of the contract or unsuccessful implementation; potential inaccuracies in our forward looking estimates of certain metrics, including Order Book, our future cost of goods sold (“COGS”) and bill of materials (“BOM”) and total addressable market;the discontinuation, lack of success of our customers in developing and commercializing products using our solutions or loss of business with respect to a particular vehicle model or technology package and whether end automotive consumers will demand and be willing to pay for such features; our ability to successfully fund our growth if there are considerable delays in product introductions by us or our customers; our inability to reduce and control the cost of the inputs on which we rely, which could negatively impact the adoption of our products and our profitability; the effect of continued pricing pressures, competition from other LiDAR manufacturers, OEM cost reduction initiatives and the ability of automotive OEMs to re-source or cancel vehicle or technology programs which may result in lower than anticipated margins, or losses, which may adversely affect our business; the effect of general economic conditions, including inflation, recession risks and rising interest rates, generally and on our industry and us in particular, including the level of demand and financial performance of the autonomous vehicle industry and the decline in fair value of available-for-sale debt securities in a rising interest rate environment; market adoption of LiDAR as well as developments in alternative technology and the increasingly competitive environment in which we operate, which includes established competitors and market participants that have substantially greater resources; our ability to achieve technological feasibility and commercialize our software products and the requirement to continue to develop new products and product innovations due to rapidly changing markets and government regulations of such technologies; our ability to build, launch, receive regulatory approval, sell, and service insurance products as well as market and differentiate the benefits of LiDAR-based ADAS to consumers; our ability to manage our growth and expand our business operations effectively, including into international markets, such as China, which exposes us to operational, financial, regulatory and geopolitical risks; changes in our government contracts business and our defense customers’ business due to political change and global conflicts; adverse impacts due to limited availability and quality of materials, supplies, and capital equipment, or dependency on third-party service providers and single-source suppliers; the project-based nature of our orders, which can cause our results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis; whether we will be able to successfully transition our engineering designs into high volume manufacturing, including our ability to transition to an outsourced manufacturing business model and whether we and our outsourcing partners and suppliers can successfully operate complex machinery; whether we can successfully select, execute or integrate our acquisitions; whether the complexity of our products results in undetected defects and reliability issues which could reduce market adoption of our new products, limit our ability to manufacture, damage our reputation and expose us to product liability, warranty and other claims; our ability to maintain and adequately manage our inventory; our ability to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting; our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights; availability of qualified personnel, loss of highly skilled personnel and dependence on Austin Russell, our Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer; the impact of inflation and our stock price on our ability to hire and retain highly skilled personnel; the amount and timing of future sales and whether the average selling prices of our products could decrease rapidly over the life of the product as well as our dependence on a few key customers, who are often large corporations with substantial negotiating power; our ability to establish and maintain confidence in our long-term business


prospects among customers and analysts and within our industry; whether we are making projections, forecastssubject to negative publicity; the effects of COVID-19 pandemic or other infectious diseases, health epidemics, pandemics and natural disasters on Luminar’s business; interruption or failure of our information technology and communications systems; cybersecurity risks to our operational systems, security systems, infrastructure, integrated software in our LiDAR solutions; market instability exacerbated by geopolitical conflicts, including the Israel-Hamas war and the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, as well as trade disputes with China and including the effect of sanctions and trade restrictions that may affect supply chain or sales opportunities; and those other factors discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K. You should specifically consider the numerous risks outlined in the section of this Form 10-K entitled “Risk Factors.” Given these risks, uncertainties and other factors, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. SuchAlthough we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-K to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Form 10-K or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.
In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, andupon information currently available to our management. Actual results and stockholder’s value will be affected by a variety of risks and factors, including, without limitation, international, national and local economic conditions, merger, acquisition and business combination risks, financing risks, geo-political risks, acts of terror or war, and those risk factors described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Many of the risks and factors that will determine these results and stockholder value are beyond our ability to control or predict.

All such forward-looking statements speak onlyus as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We expressly disclaim any obligation10-K, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or undertakingincomplete, and our statements should not be read to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. All subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are qualified in their entirety by this Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.


PART I

Item 1.

Business

Introduction

We are a blank check company incorporated on August 28, 2018 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (a “business combination”). We have reviewed, and continue to review, a number of opportunities to enter into a business combination with an operating business, but we are not able to determine at this time whether we will complete a business combination with any of the target businessesindicate that we have reviewedconducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or with any other target business. We also have neither engagedreview of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.



PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
Overview
Luminar is a global automotive technology company ushering in any operations nor generated any revenue to date. Based ona new era of vehicle safety and autonomy. Over the past decade, Luminar has been building our business activities, we are a “shell company” as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) because we have no operationslight detection and nominal assets consisting solely of cash and/or cash equivalents.

On October 18, 2018, our Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 10,781,250 shares (the “Founder Shares”) of our Class F common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class F common stock”), for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 or approximately $0.002 per share. Subsequently, our Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 75,000 Founder Shares to the Company’s independent directors (together with our Sponsor, the “Initial Stockholders”).  On March 18, 2019, following the expiration of the unexercised portion of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, our Sponsor forfeited 781,250 Founder Shares so that the Founder Shares held by our Initial Stockholders would represent 20% of our outstanding shares of Capital Stock (as defined below) immediately following the consummation of our Public Offering.

On February 5, 2019, we consummated our Public Offering of 40,000,000 units (the “Units”) of the Company, including 2,500,000 Units issued pursuant to the partial exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock” and, together with the Class F common stock, the “Capital Stock”), and one-third of one warrant of the Company (“Warrant”), each whole Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share of Common Stock. The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per share, generating gross proceeds to us of $400,000,000. Simultaneously with the IPO Closing Date, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 6,666,666 warrants to our Sponsor (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, each exercisable to purchase one share of Common Stock at $11.50 per share, generating gross proceeds to us of $10,000,000. The Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the public warrants sold as part of the units in the Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants may be physical (cash) or net share (cashless) settled and are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. The sale of the Private Placement Warrants was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

On the IPO Closing Date, $400,000,000 of the gross proceedsranging (LiDAR) sensor from the Public Offeringchip-level up, which is expected to meet the demanding performance, safety, reliability and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was deposited in a U.S.-based trust account (the “Trust Account”) with Continental Stock Transfercost requirements to enable next-generation safety and Trust Company acting as trustee (the “Trustee”). Of the $10,000,000 held outside of the Trust Account, $8,000,000 was used to pay underwriting discountsautonomous capabilities for passenger and commissions, $300,000 was used to repay notes payable to our Sponsor and the balance was available to pay accrued offering and formation costs, business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. Funds held in the Trust Account have been invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), that invest only in direct U.S. government obligations. Funds will remain in the Trust Account until the earliest of (i) the completion of the business combination; (ii) the redemption of any shares of Common Stock properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of such shares of Common Stock if we do not complete a business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date and (iii) the redemption of 100% of the shares of Common Stock if we are unable to complete a business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date (subject to applicable law).


On March 22, 2019, we announced that the holders of our Units may elect to separately trade the Common Stock and Warrants included in the Units commencing on March 25, 2019 on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbols “GMHI” and “GMHIW,” respectively. Those Units not separated will continue to trade on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations Capital Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “GMHIU.”

Business Strategy

Our acquisition and value creation strategy is to identify, acquire and, after our business combination, to build a company in an industry or sector that complements the experience of our management team and can benefit from our operational expertise. Our acquisition selection process leveraging our team’s network of potential transaction sources, ranging from owners and directors of private and public companies, private equity funds, investment bankers, lenders, attorneys, accountants and other trusted advisors across various sectors.

In addition, we are utilizing the networks and industry experience of each of Mr. Metropoulos, Mr. Gores and The Gores Group in seeking a business combination. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships that we believe will serve as a useful source of acquisition opportunities. This network has been developed through our management team’s combined history of over 80 years of business experience, including in private equity and investment banking. We expect this network will provide our management team with a robust and consistent flow of acquisition opportunities. In addition, we anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Members of our management team are communicating with their networks of relationships to articulate the parameters for our search for a target company and a potential business combination and beginning the process of pursuing and reviewing potentially interesting leads.

Acquisition Criteria

Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We will use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We are seeking to acquire companies that we believe:

can utilize the extensive networks we have built in the consumer products and services industries;

have a defensible core business, sustainable revenues and established customer relationships;

are undergoing change in capital structure, strategy, operations or growth;

can benefit from our operational and strategic approach;

offer a unique value proposition with transformational potential that can be substantiated during our detailed due diligence process; and

have reached a transition point in their lifecycle presenting an opportunity for transformation.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelinescommercial vehicles, as well as other considerations, factorsadjacent markets.

The global automotive and criteriamobility sector is increasingly focused on safety and autonomy, specifically next-generation advanced driver assistance systems, or ADAS, and highway autonomy for passenger and commercial vehicles. Our LiDAR technology provides increased situational awareness in a broad range of driving environments through improved and higher confidence detection and planning at all vehicle speeds. Beyond sensor hardware, our product portfolio has expanded to include in-development perception and decision-making software, as well as high definition “3D” mapping that we anticipate will monetize the ecosystem of improved safety and autonomy created by our managementLiDAR.
Our Markets
The Society of Automotive Engineers (“SAE”) defines levels of vehicle automation as follows, which SAE updates from time to time:
Level 0—No Driving Automation: In this level, the human is fully responsible for all dynamic driving tasks (“DDT”) at all times, even if an active safety system assists in the task. “L0” is defined as driver support features that are limited to warnings or momentary emergency intervention. Examples of warnings include blind spot warning or lane departure warnings. Examples of features with momentary assistance include automated emergency braking (“AEB”) and lane keep assist (“LKA”).
Level 1—Driver Assistance: In this level, while the human is fully responsible for all DDT at all times, an active safety system may deem relevant.

Business Combination

Ourassist by executing either the longitudinal or the lateral vehicle motion control subtask, and disengages immediately upon driver request. Examples include lane centering support (“LCS”) or the more widely adopted adaptive cruise control (“ACC”). These features are viewed as comfort features, easing the driving load from the driver during extended highway drives.

Level 2—Partial Driving Automation: In this level, the human is fully responsible for all DDT at all times, even if an active safety system assists in the task. When the controls from an L1 system are operated by the vehicle simultaneously, such as LCS and ACC, the system is then classified as L2.
The term L2+, while not an officially recognized term, is often used for today’s higher capability L2 systems, many of which add a driver monitoring system, such as camera or steering wheel sensing to ensure the human driver remains engaged, but require that the driver remain attentive at all times. This is considered by safety experts as a challenging phase because the systems may work well for long periods of time, and can lull drivers into trust and complacency.
Level 3—Conditional Driving Automation: In this level, the automated driving system (“ADS”) performs the entire DDT while engaged. The driver is responsible to verify the operational readiness of the ADS, determine whether to engage the system, and becomes the fallback-ready user when the ADS is engaged. The ADS permits engagement and operation only within its operational design domain (“ODD”). However, the ODD is often limited to highway applications within certain speed parameters. An example is a traffic jam assist feature that allows the driver to stop paying attention for short periods of time at lower speeds.
Level 4—High Driving Automation: In this level, the ADS performs the entire DDT while engaged. The driver is responsible to verify the operational readiness of the ADS, determine whether to engage the system, and becomes a passenger when the ADS is engaged (when physically present in the vehicle). The ADS permits engagement and operation only within its ODD. The ODD is expanded in this level to include numerous different driving environments, such as highway and urban.
Level 5—Full Driving Automation: In this level, the ADS performs the entire DDT while engaged. It is the designation for vehicles that, when placed in automated driving mode, can drive everywhere and in all conditions without human intervention or even occupants.
We believe the market is currently segmented in two distinct categories: (1) ADAS (L0 / L1 / L2 / L2+) and (2) autonomous driving, or AD, (L3 / L4 / L5). Within these two segments, we believe the largest near-term business combination must occuropportunities exist for technologies that enhance, not replace, the driver, specifically in ADAS (L2+) and conditional highway autonomy


applications (L3). We believe our products meaningfully improve ADAS functionality and are also key enablers for highway autonomy.
ADAS and Proactive SafetyTM
ADAS standards are primarily driven by both the European and North American markets. The European New Car Assessment Program (“NCAP”), a voluntary vehicle safety performance assessment program that uses a star safety rating system, requires a minimum level of crash mitigation functionality such as automated emergency braking (“AEB”) (for vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists), lane keep assist (“LKA”), speed alert systems and other ADAS features for a vehicle to have a 5-star rating. Furthermore, we believe the European Union may be moving toward mandates of certain of these advanced functions.
Until recently, the U.S. was less focused on mandates and instead allowed the U.S. New Car Assessment Program (known as the “Stars on Cars” program) and designations such as the Insurance Institute for Highway Safety “Top Safety Pick” and “Top Safety Pick+” to drive adoption of vehicles with one orADAS technologies and provide consumers with an understanding of a vehicle’s advanced crash avoidance capability. In 2020, in conjunction with the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (“NHTSA”), 20 automakers announced a voluntary effort to equip almost all new passenger vehicles sold in the US with a low-speed AEB system, including forward-collision warning, by mid-2023.
In 2023, NHTSA introduced proposed rulemaking to mandate that passenger vehicles have AEB and Pedestrian AEB and the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration introduced proposed rulemaking to mandate AEB in heavy trucks.Final rules are expected soon, and these may require additional hardware and software to meet performance requirements.
With global safety rating programs being the main drivers of adoption and pressure on original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) competing to deliver more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market valuesafety and comfort features to their customers, we believe it is reasonable to expect near complete adoption of at least 80%some ADAS functionalities in new vehicles manufactured and sold in developed markets such as Europe, the United States, Japan, and South Korea by 2026. We expect adoption rates to increase significantly in China as well.
According to the World Health Organization, the number of fatalities globally on roadways still exceeds one million annually and the global macroeconomic costs of vehicle accidents has been estimated at more than $1 trillion globally. While the increasing application of existing ADAS technology should help reduce the number of accidents and fatalities, we believe there is significant room for improvement in these technologies. In particular, we believe there is a significant opportunity to reduce collisions with a capable LiDAR sensing system that increases the quality and reliability of the assets heldperception data collected by vehicles and enables improved ADAS functionality in a wider range of environmental conditions, including at higher speeds and at night. We have been developing a turn-key ADAS system known as Proactive SafetyTM which leverages our core sensor and software technologies. Intended functionality for Proactive SafetyTM that is currently under development includes Automatic Emergency Braking, Automatic Emergency Steering, and Adaptive Cruise Control. If implemented, these are expected to represent a new generation of vehicle safety functionalities that enable more accident avoidance rather than merely mitigation of crash severity.
Highway Autonomy
Our focus since inception has been to enable ubiquitous safety and autonomy. We view highway autonomy, in combination with Proactive SafetyTM, as providing the most value to the end consumer for the foreseeable future. The market appears to be trending in this direction, targeting hands-off and eyes-off operations in a more controlled setting than the urban environment. Historically, there has been a significant focus on investment and development of Level 4 robo-taxi solutions; however, this is proving to be a much more complex and expensive challenge to solve than many companies anticipated. In the past year, the industry has experienced a retrenching of efforts in the trust account (excludingrobo-taxi space, which we believe has validated our focus from the deferred underwriting commissionsoutset on improving ADAS functionality and taxes payableenabling highway autonomy. We continue to believe that the passenger vehicles and commercial vehicle sectors focused on these L2+/L3 applications will be the greatest source of demand for our products over the next several years.
Passenger Vehicle Market
The passenger vehicle market is very large. We expect that approximately 100 million new passenger and commercial vehicles will be manufactured annually, on average, through the end of this decade. An exceptional goal in the automotive industry is to achieve widespread adoption of next-generation safety and autonomous features in all vehicles for the benefits of safety, economics, and accessibility of transportation. We expect a ramp up of LiDAR and our technology adoption over time as ADAS and autonomous functionalities mature, hardware costs and prices are reduced, and consumers become more familiar with the full benefits and capabilities of a safe autonomy system. We believe there is a substantial market opportunity for our products.
2

Commercial Trucking Market
The amount of goods transported by trucking globally continues to rise year-over-year. The application of ADAS technology continues to grow and the interest in autonomy for commercial transport remains high. The business case for trucking highway autonomy beyond improved safety also includes: lower operating costs, increased vehicle utilization, and more time spent on the income earnedroad.
Robo-Taxi Market
The robo-taxi industry remains an area of investment and development by leading technology companies and mainstays from the automotive industry. Despite the timeline for widespread deployment of robo taxies continuing to be pushed out due to the complexity of the technical requirements and headwinds such as the near-term contraction and retrenchment of the industry, the need for regional and federal governmental support, funding for infrastructure, and a sensing and compute solution that must anticipate every possible mixed-traffic scenario, the robo-taxi market remains an important market for LiDAR, both for near-term validation and for long-term demand.
Adjacent Markets
Adjacent markets such as last mile delivery, aerospace and defense, robotics and security offer additional use cases for which our technology is well suited. Our goal is to scale first within our core markets and utilize our robust solutions to best serve these adjacent markets where it makes sense for us and our partners.
Our Products
Our LiDAR and other products are described in further detail below:
Hardware
Iris Family:Our Iris and Iris+ LiDAR combine a 1550nm laser, transmitter, and receiver and provide long-range sensing that we expect will meet OEM specifications for advanced safety and autonomy. This technology provides automotive-grade, efficient, and affordable solutions that are scalable, reliable, and optimal for series production. Our LiDAR sensors are dynamically configurable dual-axis scan sensors that detect objects up to 600 meters away over a horizontal field of view of 120° and a software configurable vertical field of view of up to 30°. This provides high point densities in excess of 200 points per square degree that enables long-range detection, tracking, and classification over the whole field of view.Iris and Iris+ have been refined to meet the size, weight, cost, power, and reliability requirements of automotive qualified series production sensors.
Iris and Iris+ feature our vertically integrated receiver, detector, and application-specific integrated circuit (“ASIC”) solutions that have been developed by our Advanced Technologies & Services (“ATS”) segment companies—Optogration, Freedom Photonics, and Black Forest Engineering. We refer to the internal development of these key sub-component technologies as our “chip-level up” strategy, which we believe gives us a significant advantage in the development of our product roadmap and a competitive moat in the LiDAR industry.
Software
Software presently under development includes the following:
Core Sensor Software:Our LiDAR sensors are configurable and capture valuable information extracted from the raw point-cloud that can be used to promote the development and performance of perception software. Our core sensor software features are being designed to help our commercial partners to operate, integrate, and control our LiDAR sensors, and enrich the sensor data stream before perception processing.
Perception and Mapping Software: Our perception software is being designed to transform our LiDAR point-cloud data into actionable information about the environment surrounding the vehicle. This information includes classifying static objects, such as lane markings, road surface, curbs, signs and buildings, as well as dynamic objects, such as, other vehicles, pedestrians, cyclists and animals. Through internal development, as well as the acquisition of certain assets of Solfice (a.k.a. Civil Maps), we expect to be able to utilize our point-cloud data to achieve precise vehicle localization and create and provide continuous updates to a high definition 3D map of a vehicle’s environment.
Driving Functions Software: Driving function software builds on Core Software and Perception capabilities to deliver control functions for a vehicle to avoid or mitigate collision. Driving functions are expected to also incorporate data from radars and cameras to enable additional features like cross traffic collision avoidance, traffic sign assist, emergency braking, and emergency steering.
Tools: These products help visualize and configure the trust account)sensor, replay recorded data, and simulate the sensor.
3

We refer to our full-stack software platform for safety and autonomy that is expected to enable Proactive SafetyTM and highway autonomy for passenger vehicles and commercial trucks as Sentinel.
Substantially all our software products are in the designing and coding phase of development and had not yet achieved technological feasibility as of the end of 2023.
Competition
The market for LiDAR-enabled vehicle features, on- and off-road, is an emerging one with many potential applications in the development stage. As a result, we face competition in the LiDAR hardware business from a range of companies seeking to have their products incorporated into these applications. We believe we hold a strong position based on our hardware product performance and maturity, as well as our growing ability to develop deeply integrated software capabilities needed to provide autonomous and safety solutions to our customers. Historically, we have also faced competition from Tier 1 suppliers that have pursued various LiDAR investments or partnerships; however, many of these efforts have abated over the past year, and a number of Tier 1 suppliers have exited or abandoned their LiDAR development efforts.
Within the automotive autonomy software space, the competitive landscape is still nascent and primarily focused on developing Level 5 fully autonomous capabilities for robo-taxi or other applications, as opposed to autonomous software solutions for Level 2-3 capabilities in passenger vehicles. Other autonomous software providers include in-house OEM software teams; automotive silicon providers; large technology companies; and newer technology companies focused on autonomous software.We partner with certain autonomous software providers to provide our LiDAR and other products into the passenger vehicle, commercial truck, and robo-taxi markets.
Beyond automotive, the adjacent markets, including delivery bots and mapping, among others, are highly competitive. There are entrenched incumbents and competitors, including from China, particularly around ultra-low cost products that are widely available.
Intellectual Property
Our success and competitive advantage depend in part upon our ability to develop and protect our core technology and intellectual property. We own a portfolio of intellectual property, including patents and registered trademarks, confidential technical information, and expertise in the development of LiDAR technology and software for autonomous vehicles.
We have filed patent and trademark applications in order to further secure these rights and strengthen our ability to defend against third parties who may infringe on our rights. Additionally, we protect our proprietary rights through agreements with our commercial partners, supply-chain vendors, employees, and consultants, as well as close monitoring of the developments and products in the industry.
As of January 2024, we had 163 issued patents (149 U.S. and 14 international), 195 pending applications (118 U.S. and 77 international), of which six U.S. application has been allowed. In addition, as of January 2024 we had four registered U.S. trademarks, 65 registered foreign trademarks and 92 pending trademark applications.
Manufacturing Process
We design certain critical semiconductor components in-house, including our receiver ASIC and Indium Gallium Arsenide (“InGaAs”) photodiode.
In 2021, we executed contract manufacturing services agreements to enable series production of our Iris LiDAR sensors with Celestica and Fabrinet. We remain on track to achieve start of production (“SOP”) of Iris in the first half of 2024 at the dedicated manufacturing facility in Mexico, owned and operated by Celestica.
In 2023, we executed a contract manufacturing services agreement with TPK to build and operate a high volume facility in Asia. In the third quarter of 2023, we commenced the process of series production tooling for Iris+ in partnership with TPK at the said Asia facility.
Research and Development
Our research and development activities occur in various locations in the United States, Germany, Sweden, China and India.
Our research and development team is responsible for creating new technologies and expanding LiDAR and perception and mapping software functionality. The team is responsible for ensuring our LiDAR is designed for manufacturability and testability. The team partners with our operations and supply chain functions to develop scalable commercial and reliable manufacturing processes and direct production material procurement.
4

Sales and Marketing
We use customer feedback to specifically tailor our product and approach to build and expand our relationships with potential commercial partners. In parallel, marketing and communications drive our brand equity and narrative through ongoing announcements, campaigns, events, speaking opportunities, and public relations efforts.
The automotive value chain characteristically involves research and feasibility studies, followed by long-term product development cycles, including testing and qualification with automakers which can last for several years. In general, automaker agreements do not guarantee potential volumes, or timing of purchases to their suppliers during this product development cycle. Instead, typically, after initial research and feasibility agreements and extensive competitive negotiations, automakers enter into development agreements that establish collaborations or partnerships to develop and integrate technology into the automaker’s vehicles or platforms intended for series production, frequently accompanied by non-recurring engineering (“NRE”) projects. While these collaboration or partnership agreements provide automakers the right to terminate the relationship without purchasing any production volume, factors such as difficulty of integrating complex technologies, sunken costs relating to NRE projects, impact on product roadmap, time to market, and risk of being unable to secure future supply may deter automakers to cancel collaboration or development agreements. Automakers typically only enter into blanket purchase orders or other definitive supply agreements with binding commitments several months before production is expected to begin. We identify major commercial wins only when we have entered into a collaboration, development, partnership or other similar agreement and have reason to believe that such engagement is expected to result in future series production. Given the customary business practices in the automotive industry, there remains potential risk that our major commercial wins may not ultimately generate any significant revenue (See Item 1A, Risk Factors for the definition of a major commercial win and further discussion of risk).
Government Regulation
Automotive safety regulation in the area of autonomy is split between two categories: (1) SAE Level 0-2 (including active safety, driver assist, and conditional autonomy); and (2) SAE Level 3-5 (partial through full autonomy, commonly referred to as “higher autonomy”). In general, throughout the world, there is a positive legal environment that encourages consumer sale and use of SAE Level 0-2 functionality. The legal environment for SAE Level 3-5 functionality varies, generally encouraging the safe testing and development of higher autonomy functions, but restricting consumer use in personal vehicles and commercial use, as in automated trucking and taxis in many regions.
In the U.S., at both the federal and state level, nearly all SAE Level 0-2 functionality is permitted, while SAE Level 3-5 enjoys a positive environment for on-road testing and development, but mixed opportunities to deploy in consumer and commercial use. Federal regulation does not prohibit higher levels of autonomy today, but if NHTSA deems an autonomy system unsafe, it would order a recall to remove vehicles from the road. Thus far, several U.S. states have expressly permitted SAE Level 4-5 levels of autonomy, while many remain silent, and others have laws that limit driverless operation. We believe regulations related to automotive autonomy technologies will continue to evolve to remove hurdles as state and federal regulators gain more experience with the technology.
In Europe, China, and the rest of the agreementworld, most automotive safety is regulated by a common system under the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UN/ECE). Under current UN/ECE standards, SAE Level 0-2 functionality may be deployed with certain restrictions, such as road type and with driver monitoring, and certain SAE Level 3 systems, such as so-called “traffic jam assist” systems, may be introduced with speed limitations determined by the detection range, but higher SAE Level 4-5 functionality is limited to entertesting only or narrow exceptions. Safety regulators continue to work on standards for autonomy, but we expect this development process to be slow. However, China has increasingly departed from the common UN/ECE standards and is more likely to create its own regulations allowing higher levels of autonomy in the nearer term and has developed regions and cities for higher levels of autonomy based on local regulation.
Given the intense work in these regulatory areas, there is a positive environment for deploying our LiDAR technology and Proactive SafetyTM today in SAE Level 0-2 systems. While there is risk that SAE Level 3-5 systems may be delayed by regulation in some countries, we expect a workable path forward over the next several years as a more permissive regulatory and political environment develops.
Employees
As of December 31, 2023, excluding contractors, we had almost 800 full-time employees primarily in the United States, Germany, Sweden, India and China. None of our employees are represented by a labor union.
Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors and consultants, while aiming towards a talented and diverse workforce. The principal purposes of our equity and cash incentive plans are to attract, retain and reward personnel through the granting of stock-based and cash-based compensation awards, in order to increase stockholder value and the success of our company by motivating such individuals to perform to the best of their abilities and achieve our objectives.
5

Corporate Social Responsibilities and Sustainability
We are committed to active and responsible corporate citizenship. Our Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) program is divided into

seven elements (diversity and inclusion; human resources; finance/accounting; responsible sourcing; environmental, health and safety; trade compliance; and business ethics), each spearheaded by company leaders and subject matter experts in their respective areas. We expect ADAS and automated driving technologies to provide strong social benefits including reducing roadway injuries and fatalities, including in urban areas, making roadways more efficient by reducing commuting times and CO2 emissions, and offering improved productivity.

Available Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, along with all other reports and amendments filed with or furnished to the business combination. IfSEC, are publicly available free of charge on our boardInvestor Relations website at https://investors.luminartech.com/ or at www.sec.gov as soon as reasonably practicable after these materials are filed with or furnished to the SEC. We also use our website as a tool to disclose important information about the company and comply with our disclosure obligations under Regulation Fair Disclosure. Our governance guidelines, code of directors (the “Board”)conduct, and Board committee charters are also posted on our Investor Relations website. The information on our website (or any webpages referenced in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) is not ablepart of this or any other report we file with, or furnish to, independently determine the fair market valueSEC.
6

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
Risk Factor Summary
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider all information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K and Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before purchasing our securities. These risks are discussed more fully in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:
our history of losses and our expectation that we will continue to incur significant expenses, including substantial R&D costs, and continuing losses for the foreseeable future, as well as our limited operating history which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter;
our strategic initiatives which may prove more costly than we currently anticipate and potential failure to increase our revenue to offset these initiatives;
whether our LiDAR products are selected for inclusion in autonomous driving or ADAS systems by automotive OEMs or their suppliers, and whether we will be de-selected by any customers, and end customer adoption rates and demand for our products;
the lengthy period of time from a major commercial win to implementation and the risks of cancellation or postponement of the targetcontract or unsuccessful implementation;
potential inaccuracies in our forward looking metrics and estimates, including our “Order Book,” and our future cost of goods sold (COGS) and bill of materials (BOM) and total addressable market;
the discontinuation, lack of success of our customers in developing and commercializing products using our solutions or loss of business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, or an independent accounting firm with respect to a particular vehicle model or technology package and whether end automotive consumers will demand and be willing to pay for such features;
our ability to successfully fund our growth if there are considerable delays in product introductions by us or our customers;
our inability to reduce and control the satisfaction of such criteria.

We anticipate structuring our business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 100%cost of the equity interestsinputs on which we rely, which could negatively impact the adoption of our products and our profitability;

the effect of continued pricing pressures, competition from other LiDAR manufacturers, automotive original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) cost reduction initiatives and the ability of automotive OEMs to re-source or assetscancel vehicle or technology programs which may result in lower than anticipated margins, or losses, which may adversely affect our business;
the effect of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structuregeneral economic conditions, including inflation, recession risks and rising interest rates, generally and on our business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or stockholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the targetindustry and us in particular, including the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial numberlevel of new shares in exchange for alldemand and financial performance of the outstanding capital stockautonomous vehicle industry and LiDAR industry and the decline in fair value of available-for-sale debt securities in a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controllingrising interest inrate environment;
specific economic and market uncertainty regarding the target. However,autonomous vehicle industry and LiDAR industry as a result of competitor failures, mergers, and delays;
market adoption of LiDAR as well as developments in alternative technology and the issuanceincreasingly competitive environment in which we operate, which includes established competitors and market participants that have substantially greater resources;
our ability to achieve technological feasibility and commercialize our software products and the requirement to continue to develop new products and product innovations due to rapidly changing markets and government regulations of such technologies;
our ability to build, launch, receive regulatory approval, sell, and service insurance products as well as market and differentiate the benefits of LiDAR-based ADAS to consumers;
our ability to manage our growth and expand our business operations effectively, including into international markets, such as China, which exposes us to operational, financial, regulatory and geopolitical risks;
changes in our government contracts business and our defense customers’ business due to political change and global conflicts;
the nature of our sales which have been primarily to customers making purchases for R&D projects and project-based orders which may cause potentially significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results of operations;
adverse impacts due to limited availability and quality of materials, supplies, and capital equipment, or dependency on third-party service providers and single source suppliers;
whether we will be able to successfully transition our engineering designs into high volume manufacturing, including our ability to transition to an outsourced manufacturing business model and whether we and our outsourcing partners and suppliers can successfully operate complex machinery;
our ability to establish and maintain confidence in our long-term business prospects among customers and analysts and within our industry and whether we are subject to negative publicity;
whether we can successfully select, execute or integrate our acquisitions;
7

whether the complexity of our products and new mass production introduction results in undetected defects and reliability issues which could reduce market adoption of our products, limit our ability to manufacture, damage our reputation and expose us to product liability, warranty and other claims;
our ability to maintain and adequately manage our inventory;
our ability to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting;
our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights;
availability of qualified personnel, loss of highly skilled personnel and dependence on Austin Russell, our Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer;
the impact of inflation and our stock price on our ability to hire and retain highly skilled personnel;
the amount and timing of future sales and whether the average selling prices of our products could decrease rapidly over the life of the product as well as our dependence on a few key customers, who are often large corporations with substantial numbernegotiating power;
interruption or failure of our information technology and communications systems and cybersecurity risks to our operational systems, security systems, infrastructure, and integrated software in our LiDAR solutions;
strict government regulation that is subject to amendment, repeal or new shares,interpretation and our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business;
changing government regulations relating to vehicle safety and autonomous vehicles that could prevent, delay or negatively affect the quality of ADAS and autonomy systems introduced by our OEM customers;
market instability exacerbated by geopolitical conflicts, including the Israel-Hamas war and the conflict between Russia and Ukraine;
growing trade and national security disputes with China, including the effect of sanctions and trade restrictions that may affect supply chain or sales opportunities in the United States, Europe, and China;
whether the concentration of our stock ownership and voting power limits the ability of our stockholders immediately priorto influence corporate matters; and
risks related to our business combination could own less thanindebtedness.
8

Risk Factors
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
We are an early stage company with a majorityhistory of our outstanding shares subsequent to our business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesseslosses, and we will treat the target businesses together as the business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking stockholder approval, as applicable.

Our Acquisition Process

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence reviewincur significant expenses and continuing losses for the foreseeable future.

We have incurred net losses on an annual basis since our inception. We incurred net losses of $571.3 million,$445.9 million and $238.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We believe that we will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent managementcontinue to incur operating and employees, document reviews, inspectionnet losses each quarter until at least the time we begin high volume commercial deliveries of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information that will be made available to us. We will also utilize our operational and capital planning experience.

WeLiDAR-based products, which are not prohibited from pursuing a business combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seekexpected to complete our business combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that our business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Members of our management team and certain of our directors may directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement warrants and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our business combination.

As of December 31, 2018, we had not identified any business combination target nor initiated any substantive discussions directly or indirectly, with respect to identifying any business combination target. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such


opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our Company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

In addition, our Sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our business combination. As a result, our Sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. In particular, an affiliate of our Sponsor is currently Sponsoring another blank check company, Gores Holdings III, which may seek to complete a business combination in any industry or location. Further, one of our directors, Mr. Bort, serves as a director of Gores Holdings III and Mr. McBride, our Chief Financial Officer, serves as the Chief Financial Officer of Gores Holdings III. Any such companies, including Gores Holdings III, may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our business combination.

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure makes us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination. In this situation, the owners of the target business would exchange their shares of stock in the target business for shares of our stock or for a combination of shares of our stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. Although there are various costs and obligations associated with being a public company, we believe target businesses will find this method a more certain and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. In a typical initial public offering, there are additional expenses incurred for marketing, road show and public reporting efforts that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriter’s ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with stockholder’s interests. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). We will remain an emerging growth companybegin until the earliersecond half of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, (b) in which2024 and may occur later or not at all as we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in whichface challenges setting up outsourced manufacturing. Even if we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value ofsuccessfully develop and sell our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th,LiDAR and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Financial Position

With $386,000,000 in gross proceeds from the Public Offering available for a business combination, assuming no redemptions and after payment of up to $14,000,000 of deferred underwriting fees, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to complete our business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing andsoftware solutions, there can be no assurance itthat they will be availablecommercially successful. Our potential profitability is dependent upon the successful development and successful commercial introduction and acceptance of our LiDAR solutions, which may not occur.

We expect the rate at which we will incur losses to us.

be remain high in future periods as we:

Effectingexpand our Business Combination

software development;

continue to utilize our third-party partners for design, testing and commercialization;
expand our production capabilities to produce our LiDAR solutions, including costs associated with outsourcing the production of our LiDAR solutions;
expand our design, development, installation and servicing capabilities to address production of more products for more customers in more countries;
build up inventories of parts and components for our LiDAR solutions;
produce an inventory of our LiDAR solutions; and
increase our sales and marketing activities and develop our distribution infrastructure.
Because we will incur the costs and expenses from these efforts before we receive incremental revenues with respect thereto, our losses in future periods will be significant. In addition, we may find that these efforts are more expensive than we currently anticipate or that these efforts may not result in revenues, which would further increase our losses.
Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.
We have been focused on developing LiDAR products for autonomous driving systems and driver assistance systems since 2012. This relatively limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter. Risks and challenges we have faced or expect to face include our ability to:
produce and deliver LiDAR and software products of acceptable performance, volume, cost, and quality;
forecast our revenue and budget for and manage our expenses;
attract new customers and retain existing customers in the automotive supply chain where sourcing and volume production targets are not presently engagedguaranteed;
comply with existing and new or modified laws and regulations applicable to our business;
plan for and manage capital expenditures for our current and future products, and manage our supply chain and supplier relationships related to our current and future products;
anticipate and respond to macroeconomic changes and changes in the markets in which we operate;
maintain and enhance the value of our reputation and brand;
effectively manage our growth and business operations;
develop and protect intellectual property;
hire, integrate and retain talented people at all levels of its organization; and
successfully develop new solutions to enhance the experience of customers and consumers.
If we fail to address the risks and difficulties that we face, including those associated with the challenges listed above as well as those described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Further, because we have limited historical financial data and operate in a rapidly evolving market,
9

any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market. We have encountered in the past, and will encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies with limited operating histories in rapidly changing industries. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan and operate our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We continue to implement strategic initiatives designed to grow our business. These initiatives may prove more costly than we currently anticipate and we willmay not engagesucceed in any operations forincreasing our revenue in an indefinite periodamount sufficient to offset the costs of time. these initiatives and to achieve and maintain profitability.
We intendcontinue to effectuatemake investments and implement initiatives designed to grow our business, combination using the proceeds heldincluding:
investing in the Trust Account fromR&D;
expanding our Public Offeringsales and the salemarketing efforts to attract new customers;
investing in new applications and markets for our products;
investing in our manufacturing processes and partnerships to scale production;
protecting our intellectual property;
developing our insurance business;
acquiring businesses of the Private Placement Warrants,strategic importance; and
investing in legal, accounting, human resources, and other administrative functions necessary to support our capital stock, debt oroperations as a combinationpublic company.
These initiatives may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue, if at all, in an amount sufficient to offset these higher expenses and to achieve and maintain profitability. The market opportunities we are pursuing are at an early stage of these as the consideration. We may seek to complete our business combination with a company or business thatdevelopment, and it may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject usmany years before the end markets we expect to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If a business combination is paidserve generate demand for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the Trust Account are usedour products at scale. Our revenue may be adversely affected for payment of the consideration in connection with our business combination or used for redemptions of purchases of Common Stock, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the Trust Account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing a business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We have reviewed, and continue to review, a number of opportunitiesreasons, including:

the development and/or market acceptance of new technology that competes with our LiDAR products;
if certain automotive OEMs or other market participants change their autonomous vehicle and driver assistance technologies;
failure of our customers to commercialize autonomous systems that include our solutions, or delays thereof;
our ability to create, validate, and manufacture at high volume, and ship product to customers;
our inability to effectively manage our inventory or manufacture products at scale;
our inability to enter into anew markets or help our customers adapt our products for new applications; or
our failure to attract new customers or expand orders from existing customers or increasing competition.
Furthermore, it is difficult to predict the size and growth rate of our target markets, customer demand for our products, commercialization timelines, developments in autonomous sensing and related technology, the entry of competitive products, or the success of existing competitive products and services. For these reasons, we do not expect to achieve profitability over the near term. If our revenue does not grow over the long term, our ability to achieve and maintain profitability may be adversely affected, and the value of our business combination with an operating business, but wemay significantly decrease.
If our LiDAR products are not ableselected for inclusion in autonomous driving systems or ADAS by automotive OEMs or their suppliers, our business will be materially and adversely affected.
Automotive OEMs and their suppliers design and develop autonomous driving and ADAS technology over several years. These automotive OEMs and suppliers undertake extensive testing or qualification processes prior to determine at thisplacing orders for large quantities of products such as our LiDAR products, because such products will function as part of a larger system or platform and must meet certain other specifications. We spend significant time whether we will complete a business combination with any ofand resources to have our products selected by automotive OEMs and their suppliers. We define the target businesses thatterm “major win” or “major commercial win” to have occurred when (a) we have reviewedobtained a written agreement (e.g. non-binding expression of interest arrangement or an agreement for non-recurring engineering project) or public announcement with any other target business. We anticipate a major industry player, and (b) based on past experience in high volume production, leadership in autonomy, or market leadership of said major industry player, we expect to ultimately be awarded a significant commercial program, including OEM series production programs. If we do not achieve a major commercial win with respect to a particular vehicle model, we may not have an opportunity to supply our products to the automotive OEM for
10

that additional target business candidatesvehicle model for a period of many years. In many cases, this period can be as long as seven or more years. If our products are not selected by an automotive OEM or its suppliers for one vehicle model or if our products are not successful in that vehicle model, it is unlikely that our product will be broughtdeployed in other vehicle models of that OEM. If we fail to our attentionwin a significant number of vehicle models from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers, venture capital funds, private equity funds, leveraged buyout funds, management buyout funds and other members of the financial community. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read our final prospectus dated January 31, 2019 relating to the Public Offering and know what types of businesses we are targeting. All of the members of our management team are employed by affiliates of Mr. Metropoulos or affiliates of The Gores Group. Each of Mr. Metropoulos and The Gores Group is continuously made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of automotive OEMs or their suppliers, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected. For more information about certain risks related to product selection, see the risk factor captioned “The period of time from a major commercial win to implementation is long and we are subject to risks of cancellation or postponement of the contract or unsuccessful implementation.”
The period of time from a major commercial win to implementation is long and we are subject to risks of cancellation or postponement of the contract or unsuccessful implementation.
Prospective customers, including those in the automotive industry, generally must make significant commitments of resources to test and validate our products and confirm that they can integrate with other technologies before including them in any particular system, product or model. While certain customers have executed a non-binding expression of interest arrangement or engaged us for non-recurring engineering projects while they are evaluating our products, none of our customers make contractual commitments to use our LiDAR sensors or software until all test and validation activities have been completed, they have finalized plans for integrating our systems, have a positive expectation of the market demand for our features, and unrelated to us, have determined that their vehicle is ready for market and there is appropriate consumer demand. We expect that only after this point will our customers consider entering into definitive volume production agreements.
Through the end of 2023, although we have certain purchase orders, none of our customers have completed their on-going testing and validation with us and there is no assurance or guarantee that any of our customers, including any for which we may desire to pursue forhave announced a business combination. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms“major win” or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms“major commercial win” will ever complete such testing and validation or other individuals in the future, in which event we may payenter into a finder’s fee, consulting feedefinitive volume production agreement with us or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. In no event, however, will our Sponsor, our officers or directors or their respective affiliates be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the closing of a business combination other than the reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses or the repayment of loans that we maywill receive from time to time to fund our working capital needs.

We may seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities in order to fund our working capital needs orany revenues forecasted in connection with the completion of a business combination, and we may effectuate a business combination using the proceeds of such offering rather than using the amounts held in the Trust Account.

Our Initial Stockholders hold 10,000,000 Founder Shares, which automatically convert into shares of Common Stock at the time“major win” or “major commercial win”.

The development cycles of our business combinationproducts with new customers varies widely depending on the application, market, customer and the complexity of the product. In the automotive market, for example, this development cycle can be as long as seven or more years. The development cycle in certain other markets can be several months to a one-for-one basis,few years. These development cycles result in us investing our resources prior to realizing any revenue from the commercialization or obtaining any firm commitments of pricing, volume or timing of purchases of our products by our customers. Further, we are subject to adjustment. In the caserisk that additional shares of  Common Stock,customers cancel or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in our Public Offering and related to the closing of the business combination, the ratio at which the Founder Shares shall convert into shares of  Common Stock will be adjusted so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the total number of all shares of Capital Stock outstanding upon the completion of the Public Offering plus all shares of Common Stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the business combination, excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination or pursuant to the Private Placement Warrants issued to our Sponsor. Holders of the Founder Shares and holderspostpone implementation of our Common Stock will vote togethertechnology, as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, exceptwell as required by law.


In the case of a business combination funded with assets other than the Trust Account assets, our tender offer documents or proxy materials disclosing the business combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by law or applicable stock exchange rules, we would seek stockholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with a business combination. At this time, we are not a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities or otherwise in connection with a business combination.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of a business combination

The NASDAQ rules require that our business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the Trust Account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with a business combination. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our Board based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation or value of comparable businesses. If our Board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with a business combination. Subject to this requirement, our management has virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permittedable to effectuateintegrate our technology successfully into a larger system with other sensing modalities. Additionally, our revenue could be materially less than forecasted estimates if the system, product or vehicle model that includes our LiDAR products is unsuccessful, including for reasons unrelated to our technology. Long development cycles and product cancellations or postponements may adversely affect our business, combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

We anticipate structuring our business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 100%results of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or stockholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the targetoperations and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses.

To the extent we effect our business combination with a target business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such a business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business,financial condition, and we cannot assure youprovide any assurance that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete a business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our


business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of a business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. If we complete our business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after a business combination, and

cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’ management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our executive officers will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of a business combination. Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our business combination

We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). However, we will seek stockholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons. Presented in the table below is a graphic explanation of the types of business combinations we may consider and whether stockholder approval is currently required under Delaware law for each type of transaction.

Type of Transaction

Whether Stockholder

Approval is Required

Purchase of assets

No

Purchase of stock of target not involving a merger with the company

No

Merger of target into a subsidiary of the company

No

Merger of the company with a target

Yes


Under NASDAQ’s listing rules, stockholder approval would be required for a business combination if, for example:

we issue Common Stock that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (other than in a public offering);

any of our directors, officers or substantial stockholders (as defined by NASDAQ rules) has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of Common Stock could result in an increase in outstanding Common Stock or voting power of 5% or more; or

the issuance or potential issuance of Common Stock will result in our undergoing a change of control.

Permitted Purchases of Our Securities

In the event we seek stockholder approval of our business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their respective affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of a business combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in any such transactions and they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. None of the funds in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares in such transactions. We have adopted an insider trading policy which requires insiders to: (i) refrain from purchasing shares during certain blackout periods and when they are in possession of any material non-public information and (ii) to clear all trades with our legal counsel prior to execution. We cannot currently determine whether our insiders will make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan, as it will be dependent upon several factors, including but not limited to, the timing and size of such purchases. Depending on such circumstances, our insiders may either make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan or determine that such a plan is not necessary.

In the event that our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will be required to comply with such rules.

The purpose of such purchases would be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Common Stock may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the stockholders with whom our Sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the stockholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by stockholders following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our business combination. To the extent that our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling stockholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the Trust


Account or vote against the business combination. Our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Any purchases by our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will not make purchases of Common Stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act.

Redemption Rights For Public Stockholders Upon Completion of a business combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Common Stock upon the completion of our Business Combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. As the Public Offering did not close until February 5, 2019, the Trust Account was not funded as of December 31, 2018. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission (the “Deferred Discount”) totaling $14,000,000 that we will pay to the underwriter. Our Initial Stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and any public shares they may hold in connection with the completion of our business combination.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Common Stock upon the completion of our business combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under the law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require stockholder approval while direct mergers with our Company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares of Capital Stock or seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require stockholder approval. We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless stockholder approval is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement or we choose to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons.

If a stockholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our business combination, we or our Sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase shares of Common Stock in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act. At this time, no such plan currently exists.


In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares which are not purchased by our Sponsor, which number will be based on the requirement that we may not redeem public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our business combination. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the business combination.

If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek stockholder approval of our business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public stockholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval, we will complete our business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of our Capital Stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of shares of outstanding Capital Stock of the Company representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our Initial Stockholders will count toward this quorum and have agreed to vote their Founder Shares and any public shares purchased during or after our Public Offering in favor of our business combination. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our Initial Stockholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our business combination. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. In addition, our Initial Stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and any owned public shares in connection with the completion of a business combination.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Redemptions of our public shares may also be subject to a higher net tangible asset test or cash requirement pursuant to an agreement relating to a business combination. For example, the proposed business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Common Stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all shares of Common Stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Limitation on Redemption Upon Completion of Our business combination if We Seek Stockholder Approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek stockholder approval of a business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under


Section 13 of the Exchange Act), is restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our Public Offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” We believe this restriction discourages stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our Public Offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholder’s ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in our Public Offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholder’s ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination.

Tendering Stock Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

We may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with a business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public stockholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two days prior to the vote on the business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for stockholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the stockholder’s vote on a business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, we would contact such stockholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the stockholder then had an “option window” after the completion of the business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of our stock in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to us for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which stockholders were aware they needed to commit before the stockholder meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of the business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming holder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the tender offer materials or the date of the stockholder meeting set forth in our proxy materials, as applicable. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our business combination.


If our business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the Trust Account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public stockholders who elected to redeem their shares. If our initial proposed business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a business combination with a different target business until 24 months after the IPO Closing Date.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if No business combination

We have only 24 months after the IPO Closing Date to complete our Business Combination. If we are unable to complete our Business Combination within such 24-month period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable, and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholder’s rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our Warrants or the Private Placement Warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our Business Combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date.

Our Initial Stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares if we fail to complete our business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date. However, if our Initial Stockholders acquire public shares after the Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our business combination within the allotted 24-month time period.

Our Sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a letter agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of  Common Stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable) divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules).

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $1,747,419 of proceeds held outside the Trust Account as of February 5, 2019, following completion of the Public Offering, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the Trust Account not required to pay taxes, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. Under Section 281(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.


Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We cannot assure you, however, that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our other officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be substantially less than $10.00 per share.

As of February 5, 2019, following completion of the Public Offering, we had access to up to approximately $1,747,419, with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from our Trust Account could be liable for claims made by creditors.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of the Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date may be considered a liquidation distribution under Delaware law. If we comply with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that we make reasonable provision for all claims against us, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against us, a 90-day period during which we may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to our stockholders, any liability of a stockholder with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of


the claim or the amount distributed to such stockholder, and any liability of our stockholders would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of the Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, is not considered a liquidation distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidation distribution. If we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholder’s rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following our 24th month and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we have and will continue to seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account.

As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made against us are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the Trust Account is remote. Further, our Sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the Trust Account are not reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest withdrawn to pay taxes and will not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of our Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per sharesuccessfully fund our growth if there are considerable delays in product introductions by us or our customers. Thus, even if we have been successful in obtaining major commercial wins, long development cycles and product cancellations or postponements and failures to successfully integrate our technology may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our forward looking estimates of certain financial metrics may prove inaccurate.
We use various estimates in formulating our business plans. We base our estimates upon a number of assumptions that are inherently subject to significant business and economic uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. These estimates include our assessment of whether a “major win” or “major commercial win” has occurred. Our estimates therefore may prove inaccurate, causing the actual amount to differ from our estimates. The factors which may cause actual amounts to differ from our estimates include, without limitation:
the extent to which customers who have selected Luminar for a major commercial win include our hardware and software products into their systems, products or vehicle models, including the percentage or take rate within a vehicle configuration planned for production by our customers which may change over time;
the extent to which Luminar meets contractual terms and conditions and whether there are any series production delays, whether caused by Luminar or unrelated to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we filetechnology;
the extent to which our technology is successfully integrated into our customers’ vehicles;
the timing of when our customers adopt our technology into their vehicles on a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholderscommercial basis which could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/delayed for regulatory, safety or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our Board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary dutyreliability issues unrelated to our creditors and/technology;
undetected or having actedunknown errors, defects or reliability issues in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and our Company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders fromhardware or software which could reduce the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.


Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only in the event of the redemptionmarket adoption of our public shares if we do not complete ourproducts or delay or stop production;

11

loss of business combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date, if they properly tender their respective shares in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of such public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date or if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the business combination. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in our Trust Account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our business combination, a stockholder voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in such stockholder redeeming its shares for an applicable pro rata share of our Trust Account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains certain requirements and restrictions relating to our Public Offering that apply to us until the consummation of our business combination. If we seek to amend any provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation relating to stockholder’s rights or pre-business combination activity, we will provide dissenting public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares in connection with any such vote. Our Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive any redemption rights with respect to, their Founder Sharesor the failure or lack of commercial success of, a vehicle model for which we are a significant supplier for reasons unrelated to our technology; For more information about certain risks related to discontinuation or loss of business, see the risk factor captioned “The discontinuation or lack of commercial success of, or loss of business with respectto, a particular vehicle model or technology package for which we are a significant supplier could reduce our sales and public sharesadversely affect our profitability;”

a decline, for any reason, in connection with the completionproduction levels of our business combination. Specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that:

prior to the consummation of our business combination, we shall either (1) seek stockholder approval of our business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which stockholders may seek to redeem their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in our Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable) or (2) provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to tender their shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in our Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable) in each case subject to the limitations described herein;

we will consummate our business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek stockholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination;

if our business combination is not consummated within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, then our existence will terminate and we will distribute all amounts in our Trust Account; and

prior to our business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from our Trust Account or (ii) vote on any business combination.

These provisions cannot be amended without the approval of holders of 65% of Capital Stock. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our business combination, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we may consummate our business combination only if approved by a majority of the shares of Capital Stock voted by our stockholders voting at a duly held stockholders meeting.

Competition

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and


our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our ability to competecustomers, particularly with respect to models which incorporate our technology;

customer cancellations of their contracts;
the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited byextent to which end customers select our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantageproducts when purchasing a vehicle option package from vehicle manufacturers; and
other risk factors set forth in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, because we are obligatedthis Annual Report.
Our revenue estimate for 2023, projected cash position at year end 2023 and timing to pay cash for the shares of Class A common stock whichachieve positive gross margin have differed from our public stockholders redeem in connection with our business combination, target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources availableactual results due to us for our business combination. This may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.one or more factors mentioned above. If we are unablefail to complete our business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share onmeet the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation.

Conflicts of Interest

The Gores Group manages several investment vehicles and Mr. Metropoulos, together with trusts for the benefit of his family, engages in private equity investing. Mr. Metropoulos, funds managed by Goresfinancial estimates or their respective affiliates may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If any of them decide to pursue any such opportunity,targets we may be precluded from procuring such opportunities. In addition, investment ideas generated by Mr. Metropoulos,provide, or within Gores, including by Mr. Gores, may be suitable for both us and for the Metropoulos family or a current or future Gores fund and may be directed to Mr. Metropoulos or such investment vehicle rather than to us. Neither Mr. Metropoulos, Gores nor members of our management team who are also employed by certain affiliates of Mr. Metropoulos or The Gores Group have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware, unless presented to such member solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the company. Mr. Metropoulos, Gores and/or our management, in their capacities as officers or managing directors of Gores or in their other endeavors, may be required to present potential business combinations to the related entities described above, current or future Gores investment vehicles, Mr. Metropoulos or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our Company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

In addition, our Sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our business combination. As a result, our Sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. In particular, an affiliate of our Sponsor is currently sponsoring another blank check company, Gores Holdings III, which may seek to complete a business combination in any industry or location. Further, one of our directors, Mr. Bort, serves as a director of Gores Holdings III and Mr. McBride, our Chief Financial Officer, serves as the Chief Financial Officer of Gores Holdings III. Any such companies, including Gores Holdings III, may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our business combination.

Employees

We currently have three officers. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deemfind it necessary to our affairs until we have completed our business combination. The amount of time that anyrevise such person will devote


in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our business combination and the current stage of the business combination process.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

Our Units, Common Stock and Warrants are registered under the Exchange Act and as a result we have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at: http://www.sec.gov. The contents of this website are not incorporated into this filing. Further, our references to the uniform resource locator (“URL”) for this website are intended to be inactive textual references only. The Company’s website is www.Gores.com. We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the tender offer materialsestimates or proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, these financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with GAAP. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with GAAP. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.  

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.  

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.  

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which meanstargets, the market value of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

In addition, we use “Order Book” as a metric to measure performance against anticipated achievement of planned key milestones of our business. Order Book is defined as the forward-looking cumulative billings estimate of Luminar’s hardware and software products over the lifetime of given vehicle production programs which Luminar’s technology is expected to be integrated into or provided for, based primarily on projected / actual contractual pricing terms and our good faith estimates of volume. Estimated volume is based on public market data or estimates from customers multiplied by the estimated percentage of the customer’s vehicle volume that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 millionwill be equipped with our products, known as a “take rate”. The “take rates” are estimated at 100% where a customer has chosen our products as standard equipment and 25% where a customer has chosen our product as optional equipment.
We estimate our Order Book as of the prior June 30th, and (2)date of this filing to be approximately $3.8 billion.
We include “awarded programs” in our Order Book when we have obtained a written or verbal agreement, a nomination letter, non-binding expression of interest, or other reasonable expression of commitment with a major industry player that we expect to ultimately result in a significant commercial program. Our Order Book as of the date of this filing consists of greater than 25 vehicle lines and commercial programs, including 20+ consumer production vehicle lines across automakers; the remaining including commercial programs with customers in the mobility, trucking, aerospace, and artificial intelligence industries. Our Order Book excludes any passenger vehicle programs for development contracts without a specific series production program identified and unawarded vehicle programs at existing customers.
For the 20+ awarded consumer production vehicle lines in our Order Book, we use estimates for start of production (“SOP”) and end of production (“EOP”) dates and annual production volumes from a leading third-party data source. For vehicle programs where this information is not available from a third party source, we use SOP and EOP dates and annual production vehicles as specified in the customer contract, with an incremental 20% discount applied to arrive at conservative volume estimates. For vehicle programs where our technology is not standardized, we assume a blanket take rate of 25%, which is based on estimates from our customers, as well as reviewing available market data and information from our customers and the industry at large. Our customers’ estimates of take rate range from approximately 5% to approximately 50%. For reference, a 5% increase (or decrease) in the take rate assumption would increase (or decrease) our Order Book estimate by approximately $400 million.
For the “adjacent market” commercial programs, we make good faith estimates of the estimated life-time billings of these programs based on information provided by our customers. We limit the contribution for each of these programs to our Order Book to either $50 million or contractual revenue over the next three years.
We believe Order Book provides useful information to investors as a supplemental performance metric as many of our products are currently in a pre-production stage and therefore there are currently no billings or revenues from commercial grade product sales. OEMs customarily place non-cancelable purchase orders with their automotive component suppliers only shortly before or during production. Consequently, we use Order Book to inform investors about the progress of expected adoption of our technologies by OEMs because there is, in our view, no other better metric available at our stage.
The Order Book estimate may be impacted by various factors as described in this Annual Report, including, but not limited to the following:
None of our customers make contractual commitments to use our LiDAR sensors and software until all test and validation activities have been completed, they have finalized plans for integrating our systems, have a positive
12

expectation of the market demand for our features, and unrelated to us, have determined that their vehicle is ready for market and there is appropriate consumer demand. Consequently, there is no assurance or guarantee that any of our customers, including any programs which we included in our Order Book estimates will ever complete such testing and validation or enter into a definitive volume production agreement with us or that we will receive any billings or revenues forecasted in connection with such programs.
The development cycles of our products with new customers vary widely depending on the application, market, customer, and the complexity of the product. In the automotive market, for example, this development cycle can be as long as seven or more years. Variability in development cycles make it difficult to reliably estimate the pricing, volume or timing of purchases of our products by our customers.
Customers cancel or postpone implementation of our technology.
Our technologies may not be successfully integrated into a larger system with other sensing modalities and software.
The product or vehicle model that is expected to include our LiDAR products may be unsuccessful, including for reasons unrelated to our technology, such as, if optionally equipped, the success of technology or safety packages that include our technology may also include many other features and equipment not in demand by consumers.
The ultimate consumer take rate for our technology on vehicle programs where our technology is not standardized is still uncertain, and may be different than OEM guidance and what the current market data suggests.
These risks and uncertainties may cause our future actual sales to be materially different than that implied by the Order Book metric.
The discontinuation or lack of commercial success of, or loss of business with respect to, a particular vehicle model or technology package for which we are a significant supplier and the absence of demand from end automotive consumers for our features, could reduce our sales and adversely affect our profitability.
If we are able to secure major commercial wins and our solutions are included in these autonomous driving and ADAS products, we expect to enter into supply agreements with the relevant customer. Market practice dictates that these supply agreements typically require us to supply a customer’s requirements for a particular vehicle model or autonomous driving or ADAS product, rather than supply a set number of products. These requirement contracts can have issuedshort terms and/or can be subject to renegotiation, sometimes as frequently as annually, all of which may affect product pricing, and may be terminated by our customers at any time. Moreover, end automotive consumers must demand and be willing to pay for ourfeatures. Therefore, even if we are successful in obtaining major commercial wins and the systems into which our products are built are commercialized, the discontinuation of, the loss of business with respect to, or a lack of commercial success of a particular vehicle model or technology package for which we are a significant supplier, and the absence of demand from end automotive consumers for our features, could mean that the expected sales of our products will not materialize which would materially and adversely affect our business.
Information concerning our future cost of goods sold (COGS) and bill of materials (BOM) estimates may prove inaccurate.
We periodically provide estimates of future cost of goods sold and bill of materials which by necessity, are projections based on anticipated rates of future production of our customers and the timing of related expenditures, and there are uncertainties inherent in the creation and interpretation of such data.
Pricing negotiated in our supply agreements for key components like the receiver, ASIC and laser are dependent on volume estimates which may not be realized. Most of our components are manufactured using technologies that are highly complex and consequently, estimates of BOM and cost of goods sold may fluctuate due to many variable factors and assumptions, including but not limited to the following:
meeting certain volume estimates;
our reliance on key inputs and our ability to reduce and control the cost of such inputs. For more information about certain risks related to our reliance on key inputs and our inability to reduce and control the costs of such inputs, see the risk factor captioned “We are reliant on key inputs and our ability to reduce and control the cost of such inputs could negatively impact the adoption of our products and our profitability;
the risk of shortages and long lead times in the supply of key components and the risk that our suppliers discontinue or modify components used in its products. For more information about certain risks related to reliance on third-party suppliers, see the risk factor captioned “We rely on third-party suppliers and because some of the raw materials and key components in our products come from limited or single source suppliers, we are
13

susceptible to supply shortages, long lead times for components, and supply changes, any of which could disrupt our supply chain and could delay deliveries of our products to customers;”
consistency and adequate quality and quantity of piece parts, other raw materials and other bill of materials items;
contract negotiations and the execution of firm supply agreements;
future versions of our product design incorporating new components meeting our customers’ requirements and specifications. For more information about certain risks related to product selection, see the risk factor captioned “The period of time from a major commercial win to implementation is long and we are subject to risks of cancellation or postponement of the contract or unsuccessful implementation;”
the qualification of new versions of our key components. For more information about certain risks related to qualification, see the risk factor captioned “If our LiDAR products are not selected for inclusion in autonomous driving systems or ADAS by automotive OEMs or their suppliers, our business will be materially and adversely affected;”
defects in production processes (including system assembly) either within our facilities, our contract manufacturers’ or at our suppliers’;
any transitions or changes in our production process, planned or unplanned; and
other risk factors set forth in this Annual Report.
We are reliant on key inputs and our inability to reduce and control the cost of such inputs could negatively impact the adoption of our products and our profitability.
The production of our sensors is dependent on producing or sourcing certain key components and raw materials at acceptable price levels. If we are unable to adequately reduce and control the costs of such key components, we will be unable to realize manufacturing costs targets, which could reduce the market adoption of our products, damage our reputation with current or prospective customers, and harm our brand, business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
Continued pricing pressures, automotive OEM cost reduction initiatives and the ability of automotive OEMs to re-source or cancel vehicle or technology programs may result in lower than $1.0 billionanticipated margins, or losses, which may adversely affect our business.
Cost-cutting initiatives adopted by our customers often result in non-convertible debt securities duringincreased downward pressure on pricing. We expect that our agreements with automotive OEMs may require step-downs in pricing over the prior three-year period. References hereinterm of the agreement or, if commercialized, over the period of production. In addition, our automotive OEM customers often reserve the right to “emergingterminate their supply contracts for convenience, which enhances their ability to obtain price reductions. Automotive OEMs also possess significant leverage over their suppliers, including us, because the automotive component supply industry is highly competitive, serves a limited number of customers and has a high fixed cost base.
Accordingly, we expect to be subject to substantial continuing pressure from automotive OEMs and Tier 1 suppliers to reduce the price of our products. It is possible that pricing pressures beyond our expectations could intensify as automotive OEMs pursue restructuring, consolidation and cost-cutting initiatives. If we are unable to generate sufficient production cost savings in the future to offset price reductions, our gross margin and profitability would be adversely affected.
We expect to incur substantial R&D costs and devote significant resources to identifying and commercializing new products, which could significantly reduce our profitability and may never result in revenue to us.
Our future growth company” shalldepends on penetrating new markets, adapting existing products to new applications and customer requirements, and introducing new products that achieve market acceptance. We plan to incur substantial, and potentially increasing, R&D costs as part of our efforts to design, develop, manufacture and commercialize new products and enhance existing products. Our R&D expenses were $262.2 million, $185.3 million and $88.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and are likely to grow in the future. Because we account for R&D as an operating expense, these expenditures will adversely affect our results of operations in the future. Further, our R&D program, including our software development efforts, may not produce successful results, and our new products may not achieve market acceptance, create additional revenue or become profitable.
Market adoption of LiDAR is uncertain. Developments in alternative technology may adversely affect the demand for our LiDAR technology. If market adoption of LiDAR does not continue to develop, or develops more slowly than we expect, or our investments in educating our customers about the advantages of LiDAR fail, our business will be adversely affected.
While our LiDAR-based ADAS and autonomous driving solutions can be applied to different use cases across end markets, nearly all of our revenue is generated from automotive applications. Despite the fact that the automotive industry has
14

engaged in considerable effort to research and test LiDAR products for ADAS and autonomous driving applications, the automotive industry may not introduce LiDAR products in commercially available vehicles. We continually study emerging and competing sensing technologies and methodologies and we may add new sensing technologies. However, LiDAR products remain relatively new and it is possible that other sensing modalities, or a new disruptive modality based on new or existing technology, including a combination of technology, will achieve acceptance or leadership in the ADAS and autonomous driving industries. For example, significant developments in alternative technologies, such as cameras and radar, may materially and adversely affect our business in ways we do not currently anticipate. Existing and other camera and radar technologies may emerge as customers’ preferred alternative to our solutions. Any failure by us and our R&D efforts to develop new or enhanced technologies or processes, or to react to changes in existing technologies, could materially delay our development and introduction of new and enhanced products in the autonomous vehicle industry, which could result in the loss of competitiveness of our LiDAR solutions, decreased revenue and a loss of market share to competitors. As technologies change, we plan to upgrade or adapt our LiDAR solutions with the latest technology. However, our solutions may not compete effectively with alternative systems if we are not able to source and integrate the latest technology into our existing LiDAR solutions.
Even if LiDAR products are used in initial generations of autonomous driving technology and certain ADAS products, we cannot guarantee that LiDAR products will be designed into or included in subsequent generations of such commercialized technology. Many automakers are now concentrating on improving consumer vehicle ADAS technology and creating new conditional automation systems; however, as these products and features are newly emerging, consumer acceptance and pricing desirability remains uncertain, and automakers may discontinue or decrease use in favor of cheaper vehicles, particularly if government regulations and safety ratings do not support ADAS technology. In addition, we expect that initial generations of fully autonomous vehicles will be focused on limited applications, such as robo-taxis, and that mass market adoption of autonomous technology may lag behind these initial applications significantly. The speed of market growth for ADAS or autonomous vehicles is difficult if not impossible to predict, and it is more difficult to predict this market’s future growth in light of geopolitical instability, rapid inflation, and potential recession. Educating customers about LiDAR, its advantages over other sensing technologies and LiDAR’s ability to convey value in different industries and deployments is also an integral part of developing new business and the LiDAR market generally and if customers have a negative perception of, or experience with, LiDAR or a competitor’s LiDAR products, they may be reluctant to adopt LiDAR in general or specifically our products. Our investments and efforts to educate potential customers and the meaningmarket generally and to counter any adverse statements made by competitors or other market participants thus may not be successful.
Although we currently believe we are a leader in LiDAR-based systems for the autonomous vehicle market, by the time mass market adoption of autonomous vehicle technology is achieved, we expect competition among providers of sensing technology based on LiDAR and other modalities to increase substantially. If commercialization of LiDAR products is not successful, or not as successful as we or the market expects, or if other sensing modalities gain acceptance by developers of autonomous driving systems or ADAS, automotive OEMs, regulators and safety organizations or other market participants by the time autonomous vehicle technology achieves mass market adoption, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected.
In addition to automotive markets, we are investing in and pursuing market opportunities in other markets, including in aerospace, defense and aviation. We believe that our future revenue growth, if any, will depend in part on our ability to expand within new markets such as these and to enter new markets as they emerge. Each of these markets presents distinct risks and, in many cases, requires us to address the particular requirements of that market.
Addressing these requirements can be time-consuming and costly. The market for LiDAR technology outside of automotive applications is relatively new, rapidly developing and unproven in many markets or industries. Many of our customers outside of the automotive industry are still in the testing and development phases and we cannot be certain that they will commercialize products or systems with our LiDAR products or at all. We cannot be certain that LiDAR will be sold into these markets, or any market outside of the automotive market, at scale. Adoption of LiDAR products, including our products, outside of the automotive industry will depend on numerous factors, including: whether the technological capabilities of LiDAR and LiDAR-based products meet users’ current or anticipated needs, whether the benefits of designing LiDAR into larger sensing systems outweigh the costs, complexity and time needed to deploy such technology or replace or modify existing systems that may have used other modalities such as cameras and radar, whether users in other applications can move beyond the testing and development phases and proceed to commercializing systems supported by LiDAR technology and whether LiDAR developers such as us can keep pace with rapid technological change in certain developing markets, and changes in the global economy or automotive industry caused by international relations. If LiDAR technology does not achieve commercial success outside of the automotive industry, or if the market develops at a pace slower than we expect, our business, results of operation and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected.
15

We may experience difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations.
We expect to experience significant growth in the scope and nature of our operations. Our ability to manage our operations and future growth will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, compliance programs and reporting systems. We are currently in the process of strengthening our compliance programs, including our compliance programs related to export controls, privacy and cybersecurity and anti-corruption. We may not be able to implement improvements in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing controls, programs, systems and procedures, which could have an adverse effect on our business, reputation and financial results.
We rely on third-party suppliers and because some of the raw materials and key components in our products come from limited or single source suppliers, we are susceptible to supply shortages, long lead times for components, and supply changes, any of which could disrupt our supply chain and could delay deliveries of our products to customers.
Some of the components that go into the manufacture of our solutions are sourced from third-party suppliers.To date, we have produced our products in relatively limited quantities for use in R&D programs. Although we do not have any experience in managing our supply chain to manufacture and deliver our products at scale, our future success will depend on our ability to manage our supply chain to manufacture and deliver our products at scale. Some of the key components used to manufacture our products come from limited or single source suppliers. We are therefore subject to the risk of shortages and long lead times in thesupply of these components, including integrated circuits which are in short supply in the near term, and the risk that our suppliers discontinue or modify components used in its products. We have a global supply chain and health epidemics and outbreaks, as well as geopolitical events, and government trade restrictions, may adversely affect our ability to source components in a timely or cost effective manner from our third-party suppliers due to, among other things, work stoppages or interruptions. Increasing international tensions related to national security matters between China and the United States and its allies as well as increasing tariffs or export or import restrictions also could disrupt our critical supply chain. For example, our products depend on lasers and we currently consume a substantial portion of the available market. Any shortage of these lasers could materially and adversely affect our ability to manufacture our solutions. In addition, the lead times associated with itcertain components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in quantities and delivery schedules. We have in the JOBS Act.

Our executive officespast experienced and may in the future experience component shortages and price fluctuations of certain key components and materials, and the predictability of the availability and pricing of these components may be limited. Component shortages or pricing fluctuations could be material in the future. In the event of a component shortage, supply interruption or material pricing change from suppliers of these components, we may not be able to develop alternate sources in a timely manner or at all in the case of sole or limited sources. Developing alternate sources of supply for these components may be time-consuming, difficult, and costly and we may not be able to source these components on terms that are locatedacceptable to us, or at 9800 Wilshire Blvd, Beverly Hills, California 90212all, which may undermine our ability to meet our requirements or to fill customer orders in a timely manner. Any interruption or delay in the supply of any of these parts or components, or the inability to obtain these parts or components from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, would adversely affect our ability to meet our scheduled product deliveries to our customers. This could adversely affect our relationships with our customers and channel partners and could cause delays in shipment of our products and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, increased component costs could result in lower gross margins. Even where we are able to pass increased component costs along to our customers, there may be a lapse of time before we are able to do so such that we must absorb the increased cost. If we are unable to buy these components in quantities sufficient to meet our requirements on a timely basis, we will not be able to deliver products to our customers, which may result in such customers using competitive products instead of ours.

Because our sales have been primarily to customers making purchases for R&D projects and our telephoneorders are project-based, we expect our results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which could cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.
Our quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may vary significantly in the future. As such, historical comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. In particular, because our sales to date have primarily been to customers making purchases for R&D, sales in any given quarter can fluctuate based on the timing and success of our customers’ development projects. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. These fluctuations could adversely affect our ability to meet our expectations or those of securities analysts, ratings agencies or investors. If we do not meet these expectations for any period, the value of our business and our securities could decline significantly. Factors that may cause these quarterly fluctuations include, without limitation, those listed below:
the timing and magnitude of orders and shipments of our products in any quarter;
pricing changes we may adopt to drive market adoption or in response to competitive pressure;
our ability to retain our existing customers and attract new customers;
16

our ability to develop, introduce, manufacture and ship in a timely manner products that meet customer requirements;
disruptions in our sales channels or termination of its relationship with important channel partners;
delays in customers’ purchasing cycles or deferments of customers’ purchases in anticipation of new products or updates from us or our competitors;
fluctuations in demand pressures for our products;
the mix of products sold in any quarter;
the impact of health epidemics and outbreaks and the time it takes for economic recovery;
the timing and rate of broader market adoption of autonomous systems utilizing our solutions across the automotive and other market sectors;
market acceptance of LiDAR and further technological advancements by our competitors and other market participants;
the ability of our customers to commercialize systems that incorporate our products;
any change in the competitive dynamics of our markets, including consolidation of competitors, regulatory developments and new market entrants;
our ability to effectively manage our inventory;
changes in the source, cost, availability of and regulations pertaining to materials we use, including the effect of inflation on the cost of components for our products;
adverse litigation, judgments, settlements or other litigation-related costs, or claims that may give rise to such costs;
deterioration of international relations, especially related to China, which could disrupt the global automotive industry or LiDAR products specifically; and
general economic, industry and market conditions, including trade disputes.
Our transition to an outsourced manufacturing business model may not be successful, which could harm our ability to deliver products and recognize revenue.
We are in the process of transitioning from a manufacturing model in which we primarily manufactured and assembled our products in low volumes at our Orlando, Florida location, to one where we rely on third-party contract manufacturers (“CMs”) in Mexico, Thailand, China and potentially other foreign and domestic locations. We believe the use of CMs will have benefits, but in the near term, while we are beginning manufacturing with such CMs, we may lose revenue, incur increased costs and potentially harm our customer relationships. For example, in evaluating opportunities for optimizing our manufacturing and product design processes during 2023, we have committed to a plan to proceed with a change in our sourcing strategy. As a result, we have reduced the useful lives of the long-lived assets within the impacted asset group in line with when these assets are expected to be abandoned. We expect the transition to new suppliers under this initiative to be completed in 2024. The reduction in the estimated useful lives of the impacted assets resulted in us recording $9.2 million of accelerated depreciation charges in the year ended December 31, 2023. We expect to record additional accelerated depreciation in the range of $6.0 million to $7.0 million by end of 2024. Our continuing optimization of our manufacturing and product design processes may impact estimated useful lives or carrying values of additional property, plant and equipment or other assets. Therefore, we could record additional depreciation, write-off or other related costs. We may in the future implement other restructuring activities, which may include actions like reduction in workforce or changes in use of certain properties and other assets. Significant judgment is required to estimate restructuring costs, and these estimates, and the assumptions underlying them, may change as additional information becomes available or facts or circumstances related to restructuring initiatives change.
Reliance on third-party manufacturers reduces our control over the manufacturing process, including our ability to finalize changes through validation and reduces control over quality, product costs and product supply and timing. We may experience delays in shipments or issues concerning product quality from our third-party manufacturers. If any of our third-party manufacturers experience interruptions, delays or disruptions in supplying our products, including due to natural disasters, the global COVID-19 pandemic, other health epidemics and outbreaks, geopolitical events, national security and trade restrictions on imports and exports, or work stoppages or capacity constraints, our ability to ship products to distributors and customers would be delayed. In addition, unfavorable economic conditions could result in financial distress among third-party manufacturers upon which we rely, including those caused by tax or tariff changes, thereby increasing the risk of disruption of
17

supplies necessary to fulfill our production requirements and meet customer demands. Additionally, if any of our third-party manufacturers experience quality control problems in their manufacturing operations and our products do not meet customer or regulatory requirements, we could be required to cover the cost of repair or replacement of any defective products. These delays or product quality issues could have an immediate and material adverse effect on our ability to fulfill orders and could have a negative effect on our operating results. In addition, such delays or issues with product quality could adversely affect our reputation and our relationship with our channel partners. If third-party manufacturers experience financial, operational, manufacturing capacity or other difficulties, or experience shortages in required components, or if they are otherwise unable or unwilling to continue to manufacture our products in required volumes or at all, our supply may be disrupted, we may be required to seek alternate manufacturers and we may be required to re-design our products. It would be time-consuming, and could be costly and impracticable, to begin to use new manufacturers and designs, and such changes could cause significant interruptions in supply and could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet our scheduled product deliveries and may subsequently lead to the loss of sales. While we take measures to protect our trade secrets, the use of third-party manufacturers may also risk disclosure of our innovative and proprietary manufacturing methodologies, which could adversely affect our business.
Our sales and operations in international markets, including our manufacturing operations, expose us to operational, financial and regulatory risks.
International sales comprise a significant amount of our overall revenue. Sales to international customers accounted for 8%, 14% and 29% of our revenue in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We are committed to growing our international sales. While we have committed resources, and are working closely with OEMs and other collaborators outside the United States, to expand our international operations and sales channels, these efforts may not be successful. We have also commenced international manufacturing operations. International operations, including any manufacturing operations, are subject to a number of other risks, including:
foreign currency and exchange rate fluctuations;
local economic conditions;
geopolitical, political and economic instability, wars and military conflicts, international terrorism and anti-American sentiment, particularly in emerging markets;
health epidemics and outbreaks;
potential for violations of anti-corruption laws and regulations, such as those related to bribery and fraud;
tariffs, other trade barriers and restrictions and preference for locally branded products, and laws and business practices favoring local competition;
potential consequences of, and uncertainty related to, the “Brexit” process in the United Kingdom, which could lead to additional expense and complexity in doing business there;
increased difficulty in managing inventory;
difficulties in collecting receivables from foreign entities;
less effective protection of intellectual property;
foreign government regulatory requirements and stringent regulation of motor vehicles the autonomous or other systems or products using our products and stringent consumer protection and product compliance regulations, including but not limited to UN/ECE vehicle regulations, General Data Protection Regulation in the European Union, European competition law, the Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive, the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive and the European Ecodesign Directive, all of which are costly to comply with and may vary from country to country;
national security and international trade restrictions on our hardware and software such as restrictions on import or export, particularly as related to U.S.–China relations;
difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations;
import and export laws and requirements and the impact of tariffs;
potentially adverse tax consequences and changes in local tax and customs duty laws or changes in the enforcement, application or interpretation of such laws; and
18

U.S. and foreign government restrictions on certain sales and technology transfer to certain countries of concern, in particular potential U.S.–China trade restrictions relating to semiconductors, artificial intelligence and autonomous systems, and cybersecurity.
The occurrence of any of these risks could negatively affect our international business or increase our costs and decrease our profit margins and consequently materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
We, our outsourcing partners and our suppliers may rely on complex machinery for our production, which involves a significant degree of risk and uncertainty in terms of operational performance and costs.
We, our outsourcing partners and our suppliers may rely on complex machinery for the production, assembly and installation of our LiDAR solutions, which will involve a significant degree of uncertainty and risk in terms of operational performance and costs. Our production facilities and the facilities of our outsourcing partners and suppliers consist of large-scale machinery with high capital expense combining many components. These components may suffer unexpected malfunctions from time to time and will depend on repairs and spare parts to resume operations, which may not be available when needed. Unexpected malfunctions of these components may significantly affect the intended operational efficiency. Operational performance and costs can be difficult to predict and are often influenced by factors outside of our control, such as, but not limited to, scarcity of natural resources, environmental hazards and remediation, costs associated with decommissioning of machines, labor disputes and strikes, difficulty or delays in obtaining governmental permits, damages or defects in electronic systems, industrial accidents, fire, seismic activity and natural disasters. Should operational risks materialize, it may result in the personal injury to or death of workers, the loss of production equipment, damage to production facilities, monetary losses, delays and unanticipated fluctuations in production, environmental damage, administrative fines, increased insurance costs and potential legal liabilities, all which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results.
As part of growing our business, we may make acquisitions. If we fail to successfully select, execute or integrate our acquisitions, then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected, and our stock price could decline.
From time to time, we may undertake acquisitions to add new products and technologies, acquire talent, gain new sales channels or enter into new markets or sales territories. In addition to possible stockholder approval, we may need approvals and licenses from relevant government authorities for the acquisitions and to comply with any applicable laws and regulations, which could result in increased delay and costs, and may disrupt our business strategy if we fail to do so. Furthermore, acquisitions and the subsequent integration of new assets, businesses, key personnel, customers, vendors and suppliers require significant attention from our management and could result in a diversion of resources from our existing business, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our operations. Acquired assets or businesses may not generate the financial results we expect. Acquisitions could result in the use of substantial amounts of cash, dilutive issuances of equity securities, the occurrence of significant goodwill impairment charges, amortization expenses for other intangible assets and exposure to potential unknown liabilities of the acquired business. Moreover, the costs of identifying and consummating acquisitions may be significant.
To date, we have limited experience with acquisitions and the integration of acquired technology and personnel. Failure to successfully identify, complete, manage and integrate acquisitions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and could cause our stock price to decline.
Any failure to grow our relationship with Chinese customers and our proposed international expansion into China could expose us to substantial business, regulatory, political, financial and economic risks.
In 2023, we executed a manufacturing services agreement with TPK, a Taiwanese contract manufacturer that will manufacture our LiDARs at a factory in China, utilize certain components and raw materials from China, and expect a significant amount of our global OEM customers future sales to be in China.Any failure in our ability to establish our presence in China, grow our relationship with the Chinese OEM, serve our global OEMs in China and suppliers, successfully launch our products and maintain product quality, or to realize the anticipated benefits of our relationships could harm our brand, prospects, financial condition and operating results and have an adverse effect on our business. Our operations in China could also expose us to substantial risks associated with doing business in China, such as, risks and regulations related to taxation, inflation, manufacturing, environmental, privacy, anti-mapping, cybersecurity, foreign currency exchange rates, as well as political risks, intellectual property risks, tariffs, import and export restrictions, the labor market and property and financial regulations. Additionally, we would need to maintain compliance with the market’s rapidly changing regulations, including ongoing development of standards to define deployment requirements for higher levels of autonomy.
Our ability to operate in China may also be adversely affected by changes in, or our failure to comply with, Chinese laws, regulations and standards. As we hire personnel to maintain our operations in China, we are exposed to risks associated with any changes to the employment and labor laws in China, which could increase our operating costs in China. There is (310) 209-3010.

also significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and China with respect to political risks,

19


ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

Certain factors

including but not limited to, trade policies, technology transfer restrictions in import and export, treaties, government regulations and tariffs.
Actions by the United States and China that may restrict the import, export or sale of, or reduce governmental support for, LiDARs and related components may result in reciprocal restrictions and escalation that could impair our ability to compete effectively and supply products to the inherently global automotive industry. Recent restriction by the United States on the export of certain AI chips and support in the CHIPs Act for sponsoring semiconductor development, U.S. restrictions on purchasing of certain Chinese LiDARs, Chinese restrictions on the export of certain Chinese LiDARs technology, and Chinese restriction of autonomy software development in China by foreign companies may lead to escalation on both sides that could impair our ability to operate our business successfully in both China and the United States. See “Changes to trade policy, tariffs and import/export regulations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. You should consider carefullyoperations” below.
The complexity of our products could result in unforeseen delays or expenses from undetected defects, errors or reliability issues in hardware or software which could reduce the risksmarket adoption of our new products, damage our reputation with current or prospective customers, expose us to product liability and uncertainties described below, in addition to other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K,claims and adversely affect our operating costs.
Our products, including our hardware and in-development software, are highly technical and very complex and require high standards to manufacture and have in the past and will likely in the future experience defects, security vulnerabilities or other errors or reliability issues at various stages of development. We may be unable to timely release new products, manufacture existing products, correct problems that have arisen or correct such problems to our customers’ satisfaction. Additionally, undetected errors, defects or security vulnerabilities, especially as new products are introduced or as new versions are released, could result in serious injury to the end users of technology incorporating our products, or those in the surrounding area. Other consequences could include our customers never being able to commercialize technology incorporating our products, litigation against us, negative publicity and other consequences. These risks are particularly prevalent in the highly competitive autonomous driving and ADAS markets. Some errors or defects in our products may only be discovered after they have been tested, commercialized and deployed by customers. If an accident involving a vehicle using our technology were to occur and result in injuries or purported injuries or death, we may incur significant costs from product recalls and repair or replacement requirements,as well as lawsuits, including class actions for product liability or other claims against us by our customers and end users which could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources. Our reputation or brand may also be damaged as a result of these problems and customers may be reluctant to buy our products, which could adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers and could adversely affect our financial statementsresults.
We could also face claims for breach of contract, fraud, tort or breach of warranty as a result of these problems, and related notes. If any of the following events occur, our business financial conditionliability insurance coverage could prove inadequate with respect to a claim and future coverage may be unavailable on acceptable terms or at all.
In addition, if lawmakers or governmental agencies were to determine that the use of our products or autonomous driving or certain ADAS applications increased the risk of injury to all or a subset of end users, they may pass laws or adopt regulations that limit the use of our products or increase our liability associated with the use of our products or that regulate the use of or delay the deployment of autonomous driving and ADAS technology. Any of these events could adversely affect our brand, relationships with customers, operating results or financial condition.
We may be materially adversely affected. Insubject to product liability or warranty claims that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and youresult in significant direct or indirect costs, which could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business financial condition and operating results.

We aretypically provide a newly formed blank check company with no operating historylimited-time warranty on our products. The occurrence of any material defects in our products could make us liable for damages and no revenues,warranty claims. In addition, we could incur significant costs to correct any defects, warranty claims or other problems, including costs related to product recalls. Any negative publicity related to the perceived quality of our products could affect our brand image, partner and you have no basis on which to evaluatecustomer demand, and adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently formed blank check company with no operating results and we will not commence operations until completing a business combination. Because we have no operating historyfinancial condition. Also, warranty, recall and have no operating results, you have no basis uponproduct liability claims may result in litigation, including class actions, the occurrence of which to evaluate our ability to achievecould be costly, lengthy and distracting and adversely affect our business objective of completing our business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no current arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to complete our business combination. operating results.

If we fail to complete our business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may complete our business combination even though a majority of our public stockholders do not support such a combination.

We may not hold a stockholder vote to approve our business combination unless the business combination would require stockholder approval under applicable lawmaintain sufficient inventory or stock exchange listing requirements, or if we decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons. Except as required by law, the decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the business combination we complete.  Please refer to “Item 1. Business – Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our business combination” for additional information.

If we seek stockholder approval of our business combination, our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote in favor of such business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Unlike many other blank check companies in which the Initial Stockholders agree to vote their Founder Shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the public stockholders in connection with our business combination, our Initial Stockholders have agreed, and their permitted transferees will agree, to vote their Founder Shares, as well as any public shares purchased during or after our Public Offering, in favor of our business combination. Our Initial Stockholders and their permitted transferees, if any, will own shares representing at least 20% of our outstanding Capital Stock at the time of any such stockholder vote. Accordingly, if we seek stockholder approval of our business combination, it is more likely that the necessary stockholder approval will be received than would be the case if our Initial Stockholders agreed to vote their Founder Shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public stockholders.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek stockholder approval of the business combination.

Since our Board may complete a business combination without seeking stockholder approval, public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such stockholder vote. Accordingly, if we do not seek stockholder approval, your only opportunityadequately manage our inventory, we could lose sales or incur higher inventory-related expenses, which could negatively affect our operating results.

To ensure adequate inventory supply, we must forecast inventory needs and expenses, place orders sufficiently in advance with our suppliers and manufacturing partners and manufacture products based on our estimates of future demand for particular products. Fluctuations in the adoption of LiDAR products may affect our ability to affectforecast our future operating results, including revenue, gross margins, cash flows and profitability. Our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products could be affected by many factors, including the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights withinrapidly changing nature of the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholdersautonomous driving and ADAS markets in which we describeoperate, the uncertainty surrounding the market acceptance and commercialization of LiDAR technology, the emergence of new markets, an increase or decrease in customer demand for our business combination.


The abilityproducts or for products and services of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount

20

competitors, product introductions by competitors, health epidemics and outbreaks, changing global demand as a result would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, we will not redeem our public sharesof geopolitical tension or wars, and any associated work stoppages or interruptions, unanticipated changes in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to a business combination.

Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemptiongeneral market conditions and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be awareweakening of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combinationeconomic conditions or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption.consumer confidence in future economic conditions. If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portionLiDAR products are commercialized in autonomous driving and ADAS applications, both of the cashwhich are experiencing rapid growth in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in our Trust Account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected,demand, we may needface challenges acquiring adequate supplies to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account manufacture our products and/or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limitwe and our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriter will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with a business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming stockholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that a business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your stock.

If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our business combination may not be completed in the required time is increased. If our business combination is not completed in the required time, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until we liquidate the Trust Account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time our stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.

The requirement that we complete a business combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may decrease our ability to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our business combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date. Consequently, such a target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to


complete our business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

Wemanufacturing partners may not be able to completemanufacture our business combination withinproducts at a rate necessary to satisfy the prescribed time frame,levels of demand, which would negatively affect our revenue and operating results and could result in which case we would cease all operations except fordamage to our brand and customer relationships. This risk may be exacerbated by the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreedfact that we must complete our business combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date. We may not carry or be able to findobtain for our manufacturers a suitable target business and complete our business combination within such time period.significant amount of inventory to satisfy short-term demand increases. If we have not completed our business combination within such time period,fail to accurately forecast customer demand, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to fund our regulatory compliance requirements and other costs related thereto, subject to an annual limit of $750,000, for a maximum of 24 months (a “Regulatory Withdrawal”) and/or to pay our franchise and income taxes less up to $100,000 of such net interest to pay dissolution expenses divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholder’s rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See ‘‘—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share’’ and other risk factors below.

If we seek stockholder approval of our business combination, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Common Stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worthexperience excess inventory levels or a certain amountshortage of cash at the closingproducts available for sale.

Inventory levels in excess of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Thiscustomer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs and the completionsale of excess inventory at discounted prices, which would adversely affect our financial results, including our gross margin, and have a negative effect on our brand.
The average selling prices of our business combination thatproducts could decrease rapidly over the life of the product, which may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made,negatively affect our revenue and gross margin.

We may experience declines in the public “float”average selling prices of our Common Stock and the number of beneficial holders ofproducts generally as our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficultcustomers seek to obtain or maintain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a stockholder failscommercialize autonomous systems at prices low enough to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive


our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the tender offer documents or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares. For example, we may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its shares may not be redeemed. See “Item 1. Business – Tendering Stock Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights” for additional information.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or Warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our business combination, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our business combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In addition, if we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date for any reason, compliance with Delaware law may require that we submit a plan of dissolution to our then-existing stockholders for approval prior to the distribution of the proceeds held in our Trust Account. In that case, public stockholders may be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the IPO Closing Date before they receive funds from our Trust Account. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Account. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or Warrants, potentially at a loss.

NASDAQ may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit stockholder’s ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on NASDAQ in the future or prior to our business combination.achieve market acceptance. In order to continue listing our securities on NASDAQ priorsell products that have a falling average unit selling price and maintain margins at the same time, we will need to our business combination,continually reduce product and manufacturing costs. To manage manufacturing costs, we must maintain certain financial, distributionengineer the most cost-effective design for our products. We must also continuously drive initiatives to reduce labor cost, improve worker efficiency, reduce the cost of materials, use fewer materials and stock price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum amount in stockholder’s equity (generally $2,500,000)further lower overall product costs by carefully managing component prices, inventory and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 round-lot holders). Additionally, in connectionshipping cost. We also need to continually introduce new products with our business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with NASDAQ’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than NASDAQ’s continued listing requirements, in order to continuehigher sales prices and gross margin to maintain the listing of our securities on NASDAQ. For instance, our stock price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share and our stockholder’s equity would generally be required to be at least $5.0 million. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If NASDAQ delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity for our securities;

a determination that our Common Stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Common Stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;


a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Our Units, Common Stock and Warrants are listed on NASDAQ and are covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on NASDAQ, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

You are not entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 and timely filed a Current Report on Form 8-K after the IPO Closing Date, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect stockholders in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, stockholders are not afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our Units were immediately tradable at the IPO Closing Date and we will have a longer period of time to complete our business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if we were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the Trust Account to us unless and until the funds in the Trust Account were released to us in connection with our completion of a business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval of a business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 20% of our Common Stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 20% of our Common Stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of a business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to Excess Shares. However, we would not be restricting our stockholder’s ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 20% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our business combination.overall gross margin. If we are unable to completemanage the cost of older products or successfully introduce new products with higher gross margin, our revenue and overall gross margin would likely decline.

Adverse conditions in the automotive industry or the global economy more generally could have adverse effects on our results of operations.
While we make our strategic planning decisions based on the assumption that the markets we are targeting will grow, our business combination,is dependent, in large part on, and directly affected by, business cycles and other factors affecting the global automobile industry and global economy generally. Automotive production and sales are highly cyclical and depend on general economic conditions and other factors, including consumer spending and preferences, changes in interest rates and credit availability, consumer confidence, fuel costs, fuel availability, environmental impact, governmental incentives and regulatory requirements, and political volatility, especially in energy-producing countries and growth markets. In addition, automotive production and sales can be affected by our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per shareautomotive OEM customers’ ability to continue operating in response to challenging economic conditions and in response to labor relations issues, regulatory requirements, trade agreements and other factors, such as geopolitical tension and trade restrictions on supply of semiconductors or LiDARs for automobiles. The volume of automotive production in North America, Europe and the liquidationrest of the Trust Account (or less than $10.00 per shareworld has fluctuated, sometimes significantly, from year to year, and we expect such fluctuations to give rise to fluctuations in certain circumstances where a third party brings a claim against us that our Sponsor is unable to indemnify), and our Warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these


competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, because we are obligated to pay cash for the shares of Common Stock which our public stockholders redeem in connection with our business combination, target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to usdemand for our business combination. This may place us at a competitive disadvantageproducts. Any significant adverse change in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of the Trust Account (or less than $10.00 per share in certain circumstances where a third-party brings a claim against us that our Sponsor is unable to indemnify) and our Warrants will expire worthless. See ‘‘—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

If the net proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least 24 months after our Public Offering, we may be unable to complete our business combination, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our Warrants will expire worthless.

As of February 5, 2019, we have $1,747,419 available to us outside the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements. The funds available to us outside of the Trust Account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months after the IPO Closing Date assuming that our business combination is not completed during that time. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds, whether as a result of our breach or otherwise, we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business.

If we are unable to complete our business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account (or less than $10.00 per share in certain circumstances where a third-party brings a claim against us that our Sponsor is unable to indemnify) and our Warrants will expire worthless. See ‘‘—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

If the net proceeds of the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our business combination and we will depend on loans from our Sponsor or management team to fund our search for a business combination, to pay our franchise and income taxes and to complete our business combination. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our business combination.

Of the net proceeds from our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, only $1,747,419 is available to us outside the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our Sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. None of our Sponsor, members of our management team or any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the Trust Account or from funds released to us upon completion of our business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. Consequently, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares (or less than


$10.00 per share in certain circumstances where a third-party brings a claim against us that or Sponsor is unable to indemnify), and our Warrants will expire worthless. See ‘‘—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

Subsequent to the completion of our business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues that may be present inside a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any funds held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the funds held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third-party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors. Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay our franchise and income tax obligations. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access


to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of our Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our Company. We have not asked or Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay our franchiseautomotive sales and income tax obligations, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in our Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and we and our Board may be exposed to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts receivedproduction by our stockholders. In addition, our Board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itselfautomotive OEM customers and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.


If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading ‘‘investment securities’’ constituting more than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the Trust Account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the Trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. The Trust Account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our primary business objective, which is a business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date; or (iii) absent a business combination, our return of the funds held in the Trust Account to our public stockholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to consummate a business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of the Trust Account (or less than $10.00 per share in certain circumstances), and our Warrants will expire worthless.


Changes in laws, regulations or rules, or a failure to comply with any laws, regulations or rules, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.

We are subject to laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments and NASDAQ. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC, NASDAQ and other legal or regulatory requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws, regulations and rules may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws, regulations or rules and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Because LiDAR is new and since many of the markets in which we compete are new and rapidly evolving, it is difficult to forecast long-term end-customer adoption rates and demand for our products.
We are pursuing opportunities in markets that are undergoing rapid changes, including technological and regulatory changes, and it is difficult to predict the timing and size of the opportunities. For example, autonomous driving and LiDAR-based ADAS applications require complex technology. Because these automotive systems depend on technology from many companies, commercialization of autonomous driving or ADAS products could be delayed or impaired on account of certain technological components of our or others not being ready to be deployed in vehicles. Although we currently are engaged with multiple commercial customers, these companies may not be able to commercialize our technology immediately, or at all. Regulatory, safety or reliability developments, many of which are outside of our control, could also cause delays or otherwise impair commercial adoption of these new technologies, including whether government policy, regulation, and consumer education and ratings programs support autonomous technology or improved driver assistance systems. Our future financial performance will depend on our ability to make timely investments in the correct market opportunities and to anticipate potential technological changes. If one or more of these markets experience a shift in customer or prospective customer demand, our products may not compete as effectively, if at all, and they may not be designed into commercialized products. Given the evolving nature of the markets in which we operate, it is difficult to predict customer demand or adoption rates for our products or the future growth of the markets in which we operate. As a result, any financial projections in this Annual
21

Report and any market opportunity estimates and forecasts of market growth necessarily reflect various estimates and assumptions that may not prove accurate and these projections could differ materially from actual results due to the risks included in this “Risk Factors” section, among others. If demand does not develop or if we cannot accurately forecast customer demand, the size of our markets, inventory requirements or our future financial results, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected. Even if markets experience the forecasted growth described in this Annual Report, we may not grow our business at similar rates, or at all, since our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties set forth in this Annual Report.Accordingly, the forecasts and estimates of market size and growth described in this Annual Report, including our estimates of the size of our total addressable market should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.
We currently have and target customers that are large corporations with substantial negotiating power, exacting product standards and potentially competitive internal solutions. If we are unable to sell our products to these customers, our prospects and results of operations.operations will be adversely affected.
Many of our customers and potential customers are large, multinational corporations with substantial negotiating power relative to us and, in some instances, may have internal solutions that are competitive to our products. These large, multinational corporations also have significant development resources, which may allow them to acquire or develop independently, or in partnership with others, competitive technologies. Meeting the technical requirements and securing major commercial wins with any of these companies will require a substantial investment of our time and resources. We cannot assure you that our products will secure major commercial wins from these or other companies or that we will generate meaningful revenue from the sales of our products to these key potential customers. If our products are not selected by these large corporations or if these corporations develop or acquire competitive technology, it will have an adverse effect on our business.
We are substantially dependent on our partnership with a few key customers, and our business could be materially and adversely affected if our partnership with any of such customers were terminated. Our financial position and results could be materially and adversely affected if we were unable to collect our invoices for any of our key customers.
We are dependent on a collection of large customers with strong purchasing power. In 2023, 2022 and 2021, our top 10 customers represented 66%, 69% and 87% of our revenue, respectively. In 2023, Daimler and Scale.AI, in 2022, Daimler and Scale.AI and in 2021, Daimler and Volvo accounted for more than 10% of our annual revenue. The loss of business from any of our major customers (whether by lower overall demand for our products, cancellation of existing contracts or product orders or the failure to design in our products or award us new business) could have a material adverse effect on our business.
To the extent autonomous vehicle and ADAS systems become accepted by major automotive OEMs, we expect that we will rely increasingly for our revenue on Tier 1 suppliers through which automotive OEMs procure components. We expect that these Tier 1 suppliers will be responsible for certain hardpoint and software configuration activities specific to each OEM, and they may not exclusively carry our solutions.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain our relationship with any of our key customers and secure orders for our products. If we are unable to maintain our relationship any of our key customers, or if our arrangement is modified so that the economic terms become less favorable to us, then our business, financial results and position would be materially adversely affected. There is also a risk that one or more of our major customers could be unable to pay our invoices as they become due or that a customer will simply refuse to make such payments if it experiences financial difficulties. If a major customer were to enter into bankruptcy proceedings or similar proceedings whereby contractual commitments are subject to stay of execution and the possibility of legal or other modification, we could be forced to record a substantial loss.
If we are unable to establish and maintain confidence in our long-term business prospects among customers and analysts and within our industry or are subject to negative publicity, then our financial condition, operating results, business prospects and access to capital may suffer materially.
Customers may be less likely to purchase our LiDAR solutions if they are not convinced that our business will succeed or that our service and support and other operations will continue in the long term.
Similarly, suppliers and other third parties will be less likely to invest time and resources in developing business relationships with us if they are not convinced that our business will succeed. Accordingly, in order to build and maintain our business, we must maintain confidence among customers, suppliers, analysts, ratings agencies and other parties in our products, long-term financial viability and business prospects. Maintaining such confidence may be particularly complicated by certain factors including those that are largely outside of our control, such as our limited operating history, customer unfamiliarity with our LiDAR solutions, any delays in scaling production, delivery and service operations to meet demand, competition and uncertainty regarding the future of autonomous vehicles or our other services and our production and sales performance compared with market expectations.
22

We operate in a highly competitive market and some market participants have substantially greater resources. We compete against a large number of both established competitors and new market entrants.
The markets for sensing technology applicable to autonomous solutions in the automobile industry are highly competitive. Our future success will depend on our ability to remain a leader in our targeted markets by continuing to develop and protect from infringement advanced LiDAR technology in a timely manner and to stay ahead of existing and new competitors. Our competitors are numerous and they compete with us directly by offering LiDAR products and indirectly by attempting to solve some of the same challenges with different technology. We face competition from camera and radar companies, other developers of LiDAR products, Tier 1 suppliers and other technology and automotive supply companies, some of which have significantly greater resources than we do. In the automotive market, our competitors have commercialized both LiDAR and non-LiDAR-based ADAS technology that has achieved market adoption, strong brand recognition and may continue to improve. Other competitors are working towards commercializing autonomous driving technology and either by themselves, or with a publicly announced partner, have substantial financial, marketing, R&D and other resources. Some of our customers in the autonomous vehicle and ADAS markets have announced development efforts or made acquisitions directed at creating their own LiDAR-based or other sensing technologies, which would compete with our solutions. We do not know how close these competitors are to commercializing autonomous driving systems or novel ADAS applications. In markets outside of the automotive industry, our competitors, like us, seek to develop new sensing applications across industries. Even in these emerging markets, we face substantial competition from numerous competitors seeking to prove the value of their technology.
Additionally, increased competition may result in pricing pressure and reduced margins and may impede our ability to increase the sales of our products or cause us to lose market share, any of which will adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If we are unable to achieve technological feasibility and commercialize our software products, including our perception and decision-making software products such as our Proactive Safety™ and highway autonomy features, and other new solutions and improve existing solutions in a cost-effective and timely manner, then our competitive position may be negatively impacted and our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected. The markets in which we compete are characterized by rapid technological change, which requires us to continue to develop new products and product innovations and could adversely affect market adoption of our products.
Our future success may depend upon our ability to develop our software products, including our perception and decision-making software products such as our Proactive Safety™ and highway autonomy features, and our ability to introduce a variety of new capabilities, product offerings and innovations to our existing product offerings, to address the changing needs of the markets in which we offer our products.
We are currently working on developing perception and decision-making software products, including the Proactive Safety™ and highway autonomy features as well as the Sentinel solution, all of which are important components of our business plan and which have not achieved ongoing technological feasibility as of the end of the 2023 fiscal year. We may encounter significant unexpected technical and production challenges, or delays in completing the development of these and other solutions and ramping production in a cost-efficient manner. We cannot guarantee that such software or other new products will be successfully developed, released in a timely manner, or at all, or achieve satisfactory performance or market acceptance and any such failure could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition, and cause our stock price to decline.
Delays in delivering new products that meet customer requirements could damage our relationships with customers and lead them to seek alternative sources of supply and we may not be able to achieve additional design wins with existing or new customers, or achieve broader market acceptance of our solutions. In addition, our success to date has been based on the delivery of our solutions to R&D programs in which developers are investing substantial capital to develop new systems. Our continued success relies on the success of the R&D phase of these customers as they expand into commercialized projects. As autonomous technology reaches the stage of large-scale commercialization, we will be required to develop and deliver solutions at price points that enable wider and ultimately mass-market adoption. Failure to achieve technological feasibility of our software products, or delays in introducing products and innovations, the failure to choose correctly among technical alternatives or the failure to offer innovative products or configurations at competitive prices may cause existing and potential customers to purchase our competitors’ products or turn to alternative sensing technology. Lastly, no matter how successfully our software may or may not perform, customers may choose to purchase and incorporate software from more established automotive suppliers or develop software in-house.
If we are unable to devote adequate resources to develop products or cannot otherwise successfully develop products or system configurations that meet customer requirements and on a timely basis or that remain competitive with technological alternatives, our products could lose market share, our revenue could decline, we may experience operating losses and our business and prospects would be adversely affected.
23

While we intend to invest substantial resources to remain on the forefront of technological development, continuing technological changes in sensing technology, LiDAR and the markets for these products, including the ADAS and autonomous driving industries, could adversely affect adoption of LiDAR and/or our products, either generally or for particular applications.
If we are unable to demonstrate the insurance benefits of LiDAR-based ADAS, develop and obtain regulatory approval to introduce a compelling insurance product, are unable to convey these cost-savings benefits to OEMs, their dealers, and consumers, our business may be negatively impacted. Because insurance rate plan benefits are not exclusive to us, other insurance companies may introduce similar savings plans, and while those will still benefit consumers and support the introduction of LiDARs in general, it may limit future success or longevity of our insurance product, which would negatively affect our business.
Our future success in insurance depends heavily on the technological success of LiDAR-based ADAS to reduce rates of accidents and injuries, whether the software is introduced by us or OEM customers source software elsewhere. While we have demonstrated the benefits of our prototype software in test track testing regimes designed to correlate with real world crash and injury data, there is no guarantee that actual software in production vehicles will operate the same or that it will have the same actuarial result in the real world. We do not have a track record of building, selling, and servicing insurance products, and we may encounter unexpected difficulties, including barriers from regulators due to lack of experience. Even if we are successful in bringing a compelling insurance product to market, OEMs or their dealers who will likely be the point of sale to consumers may ultimately not be interested or unable to convey the benefits, and consumers may not be able to appreciate the cost savings benefits.
We had identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. These material weaknesses were remediated in 2022, however, if we are unable to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
In connection with our financial statement close process for the year ended December 31, 2021, we had identified material weaknesses in the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The material weaknesses we identified resulted from a lack of a sufficient number of qualified personnel within our accounting and internal audit function who possessed an appropriate level of expertise to effectively perform functions relating to control environment, control activities, information and communication and monitoring. In addition, these material weaknesses contributed to material weaknesses in information technology controls and journal entry review. These material weaknesses were remediated during the year ended December 31, 2022.
A material weakness is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. These deficiencies could result in additional material misstatements to our consolidated financial statements that may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Although we have remediated the material weaknesses, additional weaknesses in our internal controls may be discovered in the future. Any failure to further develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in our implementation or improvement, could adversely affect our operating results, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. If any of these were to occur, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected. In addition, we could become subject to litigation or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities.
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.
As of December 31, 2023, we had $844.3 million of U.S. federal and $805.3 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income. Of the $844.3 million in U.S. federal operating loss carryforwards, $801.1 million will be carried forward indefinitely for U.S. federal tax purposes and $43.2 million will expire between 2035 and 2037. The $805.3 million of our U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards will expire beginning in 2028. It is possible that we will not generate taxable income in time to use these net operating loss carryforwards before their expiration or at all. Under legislative changes made in December 2017, U.S. federal net operating losses incurred in 2018 and in future years may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such net operating losses is limited. In addition, the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and certain tax credits may be subject to significant limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the U.S. Tax Code, respectively, and similar provisions of state law. Under those sections of the U.S. Tax Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income or tax may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5-percent shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws.
24

We are highly dependent on the services of Austin Russell, our Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer.
We are highly dependent on Austin Russell, our Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Russell created our first lidar product and he remains deeply involved in all aspects of our business, including product development. The loss of Mr. Russell would adversely affect our business because his loss could make it more difficult to, among other things, compete with other market participants, manage our R&D activities and retain existing customers or cultivate new ones. Negative public perception of, or negative news related to, Mr. Russell may adversely affect our brand, relationship with customers or standing in the industry.
Our business depends substantially on the efforts of our executive officers and highly skilled personnel, and our operations may be severely disrupted if we lost their services.
Competition for highly-skilled personnel is often intense, especially in Orlando, Florida and the San Francisco Bay Area, where two of our offices are located, and we may incur significant costs to attract highly-skilled personnel. We may not be successful in attracting, integrating, or retaining qualified personnel to fulfill our current or future needs. We have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. Because we believe in an employee compensation philosophy based highly in equity to preserve capital and align employee interests with stockholders, a significant decrease in our stock price or the perceived value of our equity or equity awards may adversely affect our ability to retain highly skilled employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be adversely affected and attracting and retaining talent using equity may be more expensive. As we continue the process of “return to the office” and decrease the amount of remote work after COVID-19, we may be unable to retain the talent of employees unwilling to return to the office.
Our business could be materially and adversely affected by health epidemics and outbreaks.
While the impacts and risks related COVID-19 have significantly reduced, any recurrence or new health epidemics or outbreaks could result in a material adverse impact on our or our customers’ business operations including reduction or suspension of operations, disruption of supply chain, or disruption of the global automotive business of our customers, or reduction in the global economy.
Interruption or failure of our information technology and communications systems could impact our ability to effectively provide our services.
We plan to include in-vehicle services and functionality that utilize data connectivity to monitor performance and timely capture opportunities to enhance performance and functionality. The availability and effectiveness of our services depend on the continued operation of information technology and communications systems. Our systems will be vulnerable to damage or interruption from, among others, physical theft, fire, terrorist attacks, natural disasters, power loss, war, telecommunications failures, viruses, denial or degradation of service attacks, ransomware, social engineering schemes, insider theft or misuse or other attempts to harm our systems. We utilize reputable third-party service providers or vendors for all of our data other than our source code, and these providers could also be vulnerable to damage or interruption from actions or conditions similar to those that could damage our systems, including sabotage and intentional acts of vandalism causing potential disruptions. Some of our systems will not be fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all eventualities. Any problems with our third-party cloud hosting providers could result in lengthy interruptions in our business. In addition, our in-vehicle services and functionality are highly technical and complex technology which may contain errors or vulnerabilities that could result in interruptions in our business or the failure of our systems.
We are subject to cybersecurity risks to our and our suppliers’ operational systems, security systems, infrastructure, integrated software in our LiDAR solutions and customer data processed by us or third-party vendors or suppliers and any material failure, weakness, interruption, cyber event, incident or breach of security could prevent us from effectively operating our business.
We are at risk for interruptions, outages and breaches of: operational and manufacturing systems, including business, financial, accounting, product development, data processing or production processes, owned by us or our third-party vendors or suppliers; facility security systems, owned by us or our third-party vendors or suppliers; in-product technology owned by us or our third-party vendors or suppliers; the integrated software in our LiDAR solutions; or customer or driver data that we process or our third-party vendors or suppliers process on our behalf. Such cyber incidents could materially disrupt operational systems and shipment of parts or products or result in a lockout of our operational systems; result in loss of intellectual property, trade secrets or other proprietary or competitively sensitive information; compromise certain information of customers, employees, suppliers, drivers or others; jeopardize the security of our facilities; or affect the performance of in-product technology and the integrated software in our LiDAR solutions. A cyber incident could be caused by disasters, insiders (through inadvertence or with malicious intent) or malicious third parties (including nation-states or nation-state supported actors) using sophisticated,
25

targeted methods to circumvent firewalls, encryption and other security defenses, including hacking, fraud, trickery or other forms of deception. The techniques used by cyber attackers change frequently and may be difficult to detect for long periods of time. Although we maintain information technology measures designed to protect us against intellectual property theft, data breaches and other cyber incidents, such measures will require updates and improvements, and we cannot guarantee that such measures will be adequate to detect, prevent or mitigate cyber incidents.
We have implemented and continue to enhance our cybersecurity controls and systems. The implementation, maintenance, segregation and improvement of these systems requires significant management time, personnel, support and cost. Moreover, there are inherent risks associated with developing, improving, expanding and updating current systems, including the disruption of our data management, procurement, production execution, finance, supply chain and sales and service processes. These risks may affect our ability to manage our data and inventory, procure parts or supplies or produce, sell, deliver and service our solutions, adequately protect our intellectual property or achieve and maintain compliance with, or realize available benefits under, applicable laws, regulations and contracts. We cannot be sure that the systems upon which we rely, including those of our third-party vendors or suppliers, will be effectively implemented, maintained or expanded as planned. If we do not successfully implement, maintain or expand these systems as planned, our operations may be disrupted, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results could be impaired, and deficiencies may arise in our internal control over financial reporting, which may impact our ability to certify our financial results. Moreover, our proprietary information or intellectual property could be compromised or misappropriated and our reputation may be adversely affected. If these systems do not operate as we expect them to, we may be required to expend significant resources to make corrections or find alternative sources for performing these functions.
A significant cyber incident could impact production capability, harm our reputation, cause us to breach our contracts with other parties or subject us to regulatory actions or litigation, any of which could materially affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. In addition, our insurance coverage for cyber-attacks may not be sufficient to cover all the losses we may experience as a result of a cyber incident.
Legal and Regulatory Risks Related to Our Business
We are subject to governmental export and import control laws and regulations. Our failure to comply with applicablethese laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
Our products and solutions are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. U.S. export control laws and regulations and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to U.S. embargoed or rules,sanctioned countries, governments and persons. In addition, complying with export control and sanctions regulations for a particular sale may be time-consuming and result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Exports of our products and technology must be made in compliance with these laws and regulations. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we and certain of our employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges, fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers.
Changes to trade policy, tariffs and import/export regulations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Geopolitical tensions and conflicts worldwide, including but not limited to China, may result in changing regulatory requirements, trade policies, export controls, import duties and economic disruptions that could impact our operating strategies in the territories or countries where we currently purchase our components, sell our products or conduct our business, as interpretedwell as our government contracts and applied,contracts with defense customers. The increasing focus on the strategic national security importance of autonomous vehicles, artificial intelligence (“AI”) technologies, and advanced semiconductors may result in additional regulatory restrictions that target LiDAR specifically, and products and services capable of enabling or facilitating advanced vehicle automation systems or AI systems, including some or all of our product, components, and service offerings. Such restrictions could include additional unilateral or multilateral export controls on certain products or technology, including but not limited to AI technologies and advanced semiconductors, and include recent U.S. restrictions on export of advanced semiconductors to China, recent designation and restrictions on U.S. military purchases of LiDAR produced by a company in China, China restriction on the collection and use of mapping data, which is an inhibitor to western companies developing vehicle automation software in China, and China’s recent export restrictions of certain highly specialized LiDARs intended for military use. As geopolitical tensions have increased, products associated with autonomous vehicles and AI, specifically including LiDARs, are increasingly the focus of national security and export control restrictions proposed by stakeholders in the U.S. and its allies as well as China, and it is likely that additional unilateral or multilateral controls will be adopted. Such controls may be very broad in scope and application, prohibit us from exporting our products to any or all customers in one or more markets, including but not limited to China and could negatively and materially impact our business, revenue, and
26

financial results. Furthermore, disruption to worldwide semiconductor supply, including non-advanced semiconductors, has and may continue to affect production of vehicles.
The United States has recently instituted or proposed changes in trade policies that include those related to the treatment of technologies or products similar to LiDARs, and other government regulations affecting trade between the United States and other countries where we conduct our business. Increasing use of economic sanctions may impact demand for our products or services, negatively impacting our business and financial results. Additional export restrictions may not only impact our ability to serve overseas markets, but also provoke responses from foreign governments, including China, that negatively impact our supply chain or our ability to provide our products and services to customers in all markets worldwide, which could also materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As a result of these developments, there may be greater restrictions and economic disincentives on international trade that could adversely affect our business. For example, such changes could adversely affect the automotive market, our ability to access key components or raw materials needed to manufacture our products (including, but not limited to, rare-earth metals), our ability to sell our products to customers outside of the United States and the demand for our products. It may be time-consuming and expensive for us to alter our business operations to adapt to or comply with any such changes, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of the Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares

We have in the event we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following the 24th month from the closing of our Public Offering in the event we do not complete our business combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with the foregoing procedures.

Because we are not complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations are limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after the consummation of our business combination, which could delay the opportunity for our stockholders to elect directors.

In accordance with NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on NASDAQ. Under Section 211(b) of the DGCL, we are, however, required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders for the purposes of electing directors in accordance with our bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of our business combination, and thus we may not be in compliance with Section 211(b) of the DGCL, which requires an annual


meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to the consummation of our business combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.

We are not registering the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise Warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its Warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such Warrants to expire worthless.

We are not registering the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the Warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in such registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their Warrants on a net share (cashless) basis However, no such warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder or an exemption from state registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Common Stock is at the time of any exercise of a Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of Warrants who exercise their Warrants to do so a “net share (cashless) basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to settle any Warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the Warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the Warrants under applicable state securities laws and there is no exemption available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the Warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their Warrants as part of a purchase of Units will have paid the full Unit purchase price solely for the shares of Common Stock included in the Units. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying shares of Common Stock for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

The grant of registration rights to our Initial Stockholders and holders of our Private Placement Warrants may make it more difficult to complete our business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into at the IPO Closing Date, our Initial Stockholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Founder Shares and the Private Placement Warrants held by them and holders of Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register such Warrants or the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Warrants. In addition, given that the lock-up period on the Founder Shares is potentially shorter than most other blank check companies, these shares may become registered and available for sale sooner than Founder Shares in such other companies. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Common Stock. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Common Stock that is expected when the securities owned by our Initial Stockholders or holders of working capital loans or their respective permitted transferees are registered.


Because we are not limited to a particular industry, sector or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’ operations.

We may seek to complete a business combination with an operating company in any industry or sector. However we will not, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, be permitted to effectuate our business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet executed or consummated any definitive agreements with any identified business combination target, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenues or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our Units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to stockholders than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Past performance by Gores or Mr. Metropoulos, including our management team, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the Company.

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with, Gores and Mr. Metropoulos and each of their affiliates is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by Gores and Mr. Metropoulos and by each of their management teams and affiliates, including with respect to each of Gores Holdings, Gores Holdings II and Gores Holdings III, is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of Gores, Mr. Metropoulos or either of our management teams’ or Gores Holdings’, Gores Holdings II’s or Gores Holdings III’s performance as indicative of the future performance of an investment in the company or the returns the company will, or is likely to, generate going forward. Furthermore, an investment in us is not an investment in Gores or any other business associated with Mr. Metropoulos.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors which may or may not be outside of our management’s areas of expertise.

We will consider a business combination outside of our management’s areas of expertise if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.


Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our business combination with a target business that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our business combination with a target business that does not meet some or all of these criteria and guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.  

We may seek acquisition opportunities with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings, which could subject us to volatile revenues or earnings or difficulty in retaining key personnel.

To the extent we complete our business combination with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenues or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include investing in a business without a proven business model and with limited historical financial data, volatile revenues or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our Company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our business combination with an affiliated entity or our board cannot independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm that the price we are paying is fair to our Company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our Board, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our business combination.

We may issue additional shares of Common Stock or preferred stock to complete our business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our business combination. We may also issue shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of the Class F common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 20,000,000 shares of Class F common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. As of February 5, 2019, following completion of the Public Offering, there were 160,000,000 and 9,218,750 authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock and Class F common stock available, respectively, for


issuance, which amounts do not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants or upon the conversion of the outstanding Class F common stock. Shares of Class F common stock are convertible into shares of our Common Stock at the time of our business combination, initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including in certain circumstances in which we issue Common Stock or equity-linked securities related to our business combination. Shares of Class F common stock are also convertible at the option of the holder at any time. As of February 5, 2019, there were no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of Common Stock, and may issue shares of preferred stock to complete our business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our business combination. We may also issue shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Class F common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that prior to our business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account or (ii) vote on our business combination. The issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of existing stockholders;

may subordinate the rights of holders of Common Stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our Common Stock;

could cause a change of control if a substantial number of shares of Common Stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Units, Common Stock and/or Warrants.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account (or less than $10.00 per share in certain circumstances where a third-party brings a claim against us that our Sponsor is unable to indemnify) and our Warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account (or less than $10.00 per share in certain circumstances where a third party brings a claim against us that our Sponsor is unable to indemnify), and our Warrants will expire worthless.

Our ability to successfully effect our business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar


with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

In addition, the officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with us after the completion of our business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our business combination.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company, which could, in turn, negatively impact the value of our stockholder’s investment in us.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. In particular, certain of our officers and directors are employed by affiliates of Mr. Metropoulos or by affiliates of The Gores Group, which is an investment manager to various private investment funds that make investments in securities or other interests of or relating to companies in industries we may target for our business


combination. Our directors also serve as officers or board members for other entities. In particular, certain of our officers and directors serve as an officer or director of Gores Holdings III, a blank check company Sponsored by The Gores Group. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our business combination.

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our Sponsor and officers and directors are,past and may in the future become affiliatedinvolved in legal and regulatory proceedings and commercial or contractual disputes, which could have an adverse effect on our profitability and consolidated financial position.

We may be, from time to time, involved in litigation, regulatory proceedings and commercial or contractual disputes that may be significant. These matters may include, without limitation, disputes with entities that are engaged in a similar business.our suppliers and customers, intellectual property claims, stockholder litigation, government investigations, class action lawsuits, personal injury claims, environmental issues, customs and value-added tax disputes and employment and tax issues. In addition, our Sponsor, officers and directors may participatewe have in the formationpast and could face in the future a variety of labor and employment claims against us, which could include but is not limited to general discrimination, wage and hour, privacy, ERISA or become an officerdisability claims. In such matters, government agencies or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our business combination. As a result, our Sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. In particular, an affiliate of our Sponsor is currently sponsoring another blank check company, Gores Holdings III, whichprivate parties may seek to completerecover from us very large, indeterminate amounts in penalties or monetary damages (including, in some cases, treble or punitive damages) or seek to limit our operations in some way. These types of lawsuits could require significant management time and attention or could involve substantial legal liability, adverse regulatory outcomes, and/or substantial expenses to defend. Often these cases raise complex factual and legal issues and create risks and uncertainties. No assurances can be given that any proceedings and claims will not have a business combinationmaterial adverse impact on our operating results and consolidated financial position or that our established reserves or our available insurance will mitigate this impact.
We are subject to, and must remain in any industry or location. Further, onecompliance with, numerous laws and governmental regulations concerning the manufacturing, use, distribution and sale of our directors, Mr. Bort, serves asproducts. Some of our customers also require that we comply with their own unique requirements relating to these matters.
We primarily develop automotive products and the automotive industry is subject to specialized regulations in the United States, Europe (UN/ECE), China, and other markets related to safety and the environment.These regulatory regimes are complex and change regularly, which may be a directorbenefit or detriment. If we fail to adhere to these regulations or fail to continually monitor changes and adapt accordingly, we may be subject to litigation, loss of Gores Holdings IIIcustomers or negative publicity and Mr. McBride, our Chief Financial Officer, serves asbusiness, results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.
In 2023, the Chief Financial OfficerUnited States introduced new proposed regulations that, if enacted, would mandate Automatic Emergency Braking and Pedestrian Automatic Emergency Braking in passenger vehicles and Automatic Emergency Braking on heavy trucks.If such regulations are strong, they may promote the use of Gores Holdings III. AnyLiDAR-based safety systems, but if they fail to require the benefits that LiDAR-based safety brings, such companies, including Gores Holdings III,regulation may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts would materially affectimpair our ability to complete our business combination.

Our officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties.

Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our Company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Item 10. Director, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance,” and Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence.”

Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, our directors or officers, although we do not intend to do so. We do not have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

In particular, Mr. Metropoulos, The Gores Group and their respective affiliates have invested in sectors as diverse as industrials, technology, telecommunications, media and entertainment, business services, healthcare and consumer products. As a result, there may be substantial overlap between companies that would be a suitable business combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for such other affiliates.


We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our Sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our Sponsor, officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described in “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” herein. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm,  regarding the fairness to our Company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our Sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our business combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target business is appropriate for our business combination.

Our Initial Stockholders hold in the aggregate 10,000,000 Founder Shares, representing 20.0% of the total outstanding shares as of the IPO Closing Date. The Founder Shares will be worthless if we do not complete our business combination. In addition, our Sponsor holds an aggregate of 6,666,666 Private Placement Warrants that will also be worthless if we do not complete a business combination. Holders of Founder Shares have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by themintroduce LiDAR in favor of any proposed business combinationweaker performing technologies.

We manufacture and (B) notsell products that contain electronic components, and such components may contain materials that are subject to redeem any Founder Sharesgovernment regulation in connectionboth the locations where we manufacture and assemble our products, as well as the locations where we sell our products. For example, certain laws or regulations limit the use of restricted materials or materials from certain regions, such as EU Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals and the U.S. Toxic Substances Control Act and those that relate to conflict minerals or forced labor. Since we operate on a global basis, this is a complex process which requires continual monitoring of regulations and an ongoing compliance process to ensure that we and our suppliers are in compliance with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed business combination.existing regulations in each market where we operate. In addition, as a LiDAR technology company, we may obtain loansare subject to the Electronic Product Radiation Control Provisions of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. These requirements are enforced by the FDA. Electronic product radiation includes laser technology. Regulations governing these products are intended to protect the public from our Sponsor, affiliateshazardous or unnecessary exposure. Manufacturers are required to certify in product labeling and reports to the FDA that their products comply with applicable performance standards as well as maintain manufacturing, testing, and distribution records for their products. Failure to comply with these requirements could
27

result in enforcement action by the FDA, which could require us to cease distribution of our Sponsorproducts, recall or remediate products already distributed to customers, or subject us to FDA enforcement.
If there is an officerunanticipated new regulation that significantly impacts our use and sourcing of various components or director, and we may pay our Sponsor, officers, directors and any of their respective affiliate’s fees and expenses in connection with identifying, investigating and consummating a business combination.

The personal and financial interests of our Sponsor, its affiliates or our officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing a business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the business combination. This risk may becomerequires more acute as the 24 month anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, which is the deadline for our completion of a business combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which mayexpensive components, that regulation could materially adversely affect our leveragebusiness, results of operations and financial conditioncondition.

We are subject to various environmental laws and thus negatively impact the value ofregulations that could impose substantial costs upon us and cause delays in building our stockholder’s investmentproduction facilities.
Concerns over environmental pollution and climate change have produced significant legislative and regulatory efforts on a global basis, and we believe this will continue both in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our business combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the Trust Account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the Trust Account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;


our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our Capital Stock;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Common Stock if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions and fund other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our businessscope and in the industrynumber of countries participating. In addition, as climate change issues become more prevalent, foreign, federal, state and local governments and our customers have been responding to these issues. The increased focus on environmental sustainability may result in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adversenew regulations and customer requirements, or changes in general economic, industrycurrent regulations and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt servicecustomer requirements, and execution of our strategy; and

other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negativelycould materially adversely impact our business, results of operations and profitability.

As of February 5, 2019, the net proceeds from our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants provided us with approximately $386,000,000 that we may use to complete our business combination and pay related fees and expenses (excluding $14,000,000 of Deferred Discount being held in the Trust Account).

We may effectuate our business combination with a single target business, or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our business combination with only a single entity our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset, or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our business combination.


We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations, if there are multiple sellers, and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business.condition. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, iteffectively manage real or perceived issues, including concerns about environmental impacts or similar matters, sentiments toward us or our products could be negatively impactimpacted, and our profitability andbusiness, results of operations.

Weoperations or financial condition could suffer.

Our operations are and will be subject to international, federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, and such laws and regulations could directly increase the cost of energy, which may attempthave an effect on the way we manufacture products or utilize energy to completeproduce our business combinationproducts. In addition, any new regulations or laws in the environmental area might increase the cost of raw materials or key components we use in our products. Environmental regulations require us to reduce product energy usage, monitor and exclude an expanding list of restricted substances and to participate in required recovery and recycling of our products. Environmental and health and safety laws and regulations can be complex, and we have limited experience complying with a private company about which little information is available, whichthem. Capital and operating expenses needed to comply with environmental laws and regulations can be significant, and violations may result in substantial fines and penalties, third-party damages, suspension of production or a business combination with a company that is not as profitable ascessation of our operations. Contamination at properties we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy,operate, we may seekformerly operated or to effectuate our business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential business combination on the basis of limited information, which hazardous substances were sent by us, may result in a business combinationliability for us under environmental laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, which can impose liability for the full amount of remediation-related costs without regard to fault, for the investigation and cleanup of contaminated soil and ground water, for building contamination and impacts to human health and for damages to natural resources. The costs of complying with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be ableenvironmental laws and regulations and any claims concerning noncompliance, or liability with respect to maintain control of a target business after our business combination.

We may structure a business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such a business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interestcontamination in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares of Common Stock in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares of Common Stock, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares of Common Stock subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of our stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that we will not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our business combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for


all shares of Common Stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all shares of Common Stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

The exercise price for the Warrants is higher than in many similar blank check company offerings in the past, and, accordingly, the Warrants are more likely to expire worthless.

The exercise price of the Warrants is higher than is typical with many similar blank check companies in the past. Historically, with regard to units offered by blank check companies, the exercise price of a warrant was generally a fraction of the purchase price of the units in the initial public offering. The exercise price for our Warrants is $11.50 per whole share, subject to adjustment as provided herein. As a result, the Warrants are less likely to ever be in the money and more likely to expire worthless.

In order to effectuate our business combination, we may seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our business combination but that our stockholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and changed industry focus. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments in order to effectuate our business combination.

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with the approval of holders of 65% of our Capital Stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of our business combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the Company’s stockholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the Company’s public stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of the Public Offering and the private placement of warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our Common Stock entitled to vote thereon. In all other instances, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by holders of a majority of our outstanding Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. Our initial stockholders, who currently beneficially own 20% of our Common Stock, will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our stockholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.  

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash,


equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in letter agreements that we have entered into with our Sponsor, officers and directors. Our stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our Sponsor, officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our stockholders would need to pursue a stockholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be sufficient to allow us to complete our business combination, because we have not yet identified any target business, we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to repurchase for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we are unable to complete our business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay our franchise and income taxes on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financingfuture, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results. We may face unexpected delays in obtaining the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to uspermits and approvals in connection with or afterour planned production facilities that could require significant time and financial resources and delay our ability to operate these facilities, which would adversely impact our business, combination.prospects, financial condition and operating results.

Our business may be adversely affected by changes in regulations applicable to the automotive industry and laser market or concerns that drive further regulation of the automobile and laser market.
Government product safety regulations are an important factor for our business. Historically, these regulations have imposed ever-more stringent safety regulations and reporting requirements for vehicles and laser products. These safety regulations often require, or customers demand, that vehicles have more safety features per vehicle and more advanced safety products.
While we believe increasing automotive and laser safety standards will present a market opportunity for our products, government safety regulations are subject to change based on a number of factors that are not within our control, including new scientific or technological data, adverse publicity regarding the industry recalls and safety risks of autonomous driving and ADAS, accidents involving our products, domestic and foreign political developments or considerations, and litigation relating to our products and our competitors’ products. Changes in government regulations, especially in the autonomous driving and ADAS industries, could adversely affect our business. If government priorities shift and we are unable to completeadapt to changing regulations, our business combination,may be materially and adversely affected.
U.S. Food and Drug Administration regulation of lasers limits the transmission power of 905nm lasers compared to 1550nm lasers to mitigate the risk of human eye damage. This causes one performance benefit for our public stockholders1550nm LiDARs compared with many of our competitors. Currently, there are research projects within certain trade groups intended to demonstrate that higher power transmission of 905nm lasers is possible without causing eye damage.Should these initiatives succeed and ultimately result in changed regulation, it could reduce or eliminate one competitive advantage of 1550nm LiDARs, adversely affecting our business.
Federal and local regulators impose more stringent compliance and reporting requirements in response to product recalls and safety issues in the automotive and laser industry. As cars that carry our sensors go into production, the obligations of
28

complying with safety regulations and reporting requirements could increase and it could require increased resources and adversely affect our business.
In addition, as vehicle regulators globally continue to consider new and enhanced emissions requirements, including electrification, to meet environmental and economic needs as well as pursue new safety standards to address emerging traffic risks, OEMs may only receive approximately $10.00 perneed to dedicate technology and cost additions to new vehicle designs to meet these emissions and safety requirements and, as a result, postpone the consumer cost pressures of new autonomous and ADAS features.
Failures, or perceived failures, to comply with privacy, data protection, and information security requirements in the variety of jurisdictions in which we operate may adversely impact our business, and such legal requirements are evolving, uncertain and may require improvements in, or changes to, our policies and operations.
Our current and potential future operations and sales subject us to laws and regulations addressing privacy and the collection, use, storage, disclosure, transfer and protection of a variety of types of data. For example, the European Commission has adopted the General Data Protection Regulation and California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, both of which provide for potentially material penalties for non-compliance. These regimes may, among other things, impose data security requirements, disclosure requirements, and restrictions on data collection, uses, and sharing that may impact our operations and the development of our business. While, generally, we do not have access to, collect, store, process, or share information collected by our solutions unless our customers choose to proactively provide such information to us, our products may evolve both to address potential customer requirements or to add new features and functionality. Therefore, the full impact of these privacy regimes on the liquidationour business is rapidly evolving across jurisdictions and remains uncertain at this time.
We may also be affected by cyber-attacks and other means of the Trust Account (or less than $10.00 per share in certain circumstances where a third-party brings a claim againstgaining unauthorized access to our products, systems, and data. For instance, cyber criminals or insiders may target us that our Sponsor is unableor third parties with which we have business relationships to indemnify), and our Warrants will expire worthless.

Our Initial Stockholders may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentiallyobtain data, or in a manner that youdisrupts our operations or compromises our products or the systems into which our products are integrated.

We are assessing the continually evolving privacy and data security regimes and measures we believe are appropriate in response. Since these data security regimes are evolving, uncertain and complex, especially for a global business like ours, we may need to update or enhance our compliance measures as our products, markets and customer demands further develop, and these updates or enhancements may require implementation costs. In addition, we may not be able to monitor and react to all developments in a timely manner. The compliance measures we do not support.

Our Initial Stockholders currently own 20.0%adopt may prove ineffective. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with current and future regulatory or customer-driven privacy, data protection, and information security requirements, or to prevent or mitigate security breaches, cyber-attacks, or improper access to, use of, or disclosure of data, or any security issues or cyber-attacks affecting us, could result in significant liability, costs (including the costs of mitigation and recovery), and a material loss of revenue resulting from the adverse impact on our reputation and brand, loss of proprietary information and data, disruption to our business and relationships, and diminished ability to retain or attract customers and business partners. Such events may result in governmental enforcement actions and prosecutions, private litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity, and could cause customers and business partners to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business.

Regulations related to conflict minerals may cause us to incur additional expenses and could limit the supply and increase the costs of certain metals used in the manufacturing of our issuedproducts.
We are subject to the requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and outstanding sharesConsumer Protection Act of Capital Stock. Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, that you do not support, including amendmentsrequire us to determine, disclose and report whether our amendedproducts contain conflict minerals. The implementation of these requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability and restated certificatepricing of incorporation and approval of major corporate transactions. If our Initial Stockholders purchase any additional shares of Common Stockthe materials used in the aftermarketmanufacture of components used in our products. In addition, we will incur additional costs to comply with the disclosure requirements, including costs related to conducting diligence procedures to determine the sources of conflict minerals that may be used in or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their control.

Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration ofnecessary to the current trading priceproduction of our Common Stock. In addition, our Board, whose members were elected by our Initial Stockholders, isproducts and, will be divided into three classes, eachif applicable, potential changes to products, processes or sources of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting,supply as a consequence of such verification activities. It is also possible that our “staggered” Board, only a minority of the Board willreputation may be considered for election and our Initial Stockholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our Initial Stockholders will continue to exert control at least until the completionadversely affected if we determine that certain of our business combination.


We may amend the terms of the Warrants in a manner that mayproducts contain minerals not determined to be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public Warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your Warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of a Warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our Warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguityconflict-free or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the Warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public Warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the Warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public Warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the Warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of a Warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your Warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we give proper notice of such redemption and provided certain other conditions are met. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to registeralter our products, processes or qualifysources of supply to avoid use of such materials.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
Despite the underlying securitiesactions we are taking to defend and protect our intellectual property, we may not be able to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights or prevent unauthorized parties from copying or reverse engineering our solutions. Our efforts to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights and prevent third parties from violating our rights may be costly.
The success of our products and our business depends in part on our ability to obtain patents and other intellectual property rights and maintain adequate legal protection for sale underour products in the United States and other international jurisdictions.
29

We rely on a combination of patent, service mark, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to establish and protect our proprietary rights, all of which provide only limited protection.
We cannot be assured that any patents will be issued with respect to our currently pending patent applications or that any trademarks will be registered with respect to our currently pending applications in a manner that gives us adequate defensive protection or competitive advantages, if at all, or that any patents issued to us or any trademarks registered by us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. We have filed for patents and trademarks in the United States and in certain international jurisdictions, but such protections may not be available in all countries in which we operate or in which we seek to enforce our intellectual property rights, or may be difficult to enforce in practice. Our currently-issued patents and trademarks and any patents and trademarks that may be issued or registered, as applicable, state securities laws. Redemptionin the future with respect to pending or future applications may not provide sufficiently broad protection or may not prove to be enforceable in actions against alleged infringers. We cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our technology or the reverse engineering of our technology. Moreover, others may independently develop technologies that are competitive to us or infringe our intellectual property.
Protecting against the unauthorized use of our intellectual property, products and other proprietary rights is expensive and difficult, particularly internationally. We believe that our patents are foundational in the area of LiDAR products and intend to enforce the intellectual property portfolio we have built over the years. Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or reverse engineer our LiDAR technology or certain aspects of our solutions that we consider proprietary. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to prevent unauthorized parties from copying or reverse engineering our solutions, to determine the validity and scope of the outstanding warrants could force you (i)proprietary rights of others or to exercise your warrants and payblock the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your warrants atimportation of infringing products into the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemableUnited States.
Any such litigation, whether initiated by us so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

In addition,a third-party, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Even if we obtain favorable outcomes in litigation, we may redeem warrants after they become exercisable fornot be able to obtain adequate remedies, especially in the context of unauthorized parties copying or reverse engineering our solutions.

Further, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to defending intellectual property infringement claims and to enforcing their intellectual property rights than we have. Attempts to enforce our rights against third parties could also provoke these third parties to assert their own intellectual property or other rights against us or result in a holding that invalidates or narrows the scope of our rights, in whole or in part. Effective patent, trademark, service mark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our products are available and competitors based in other countries may sell infringing products in one or more markets. Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property rights could result in our competitors offering similar products, potentially resulting in the loss of some of our competitive advantage and a decrease in our revenue, which would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.
Third-party claims that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, whether successful or not, could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses, and our business could be adversely affected.
Although we hold key patents related to our products, a number of sharescompanies, both within and outside of Class A common stock determined based on the redemption date and the fair market valueLiDAR industry, hold other patents covering aspects of our Class A common stock. Any such redemption may have similar consequences to a cash redemption described above.LiDAR products. In addition such redemption may occur at a time when the warrants are “out-of-the-money,” in which case investors would lose any potential embedded value from a subsequent increase in the value of the Class A common stock had the warrants remained outstanding. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our Sponsor or their permitted transferees.

Our Warrants and Founder Shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Common Stock and make it more difficult to effectuate our business combination.

We issued Warrants to purchase 20,000,000 shares of our Common Stock in the Public Offering and prior to our Public Offering, we issued Private Placement Warrants to our Sponsor to purchase 6,666,666 shares of our Common Stock. Our Initial Stockholders currently own an aggregate of 10,000,000 Founder Shares. The Founder Shares are convertible into shares of our Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as set forth herein. In addition, if our Sponsor makes any working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into Warrants, at the price of $1.50 per Warrant at the option of the lender. Such Warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.

To the extent we issue shares of Common Stock to effectuate a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of Common Stock upon exercise of these Warrants and conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of our Common Stock and reduce the value of the shares of our Common Stock issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.


The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Warrants sold as part of the Units in our Public Offering except that, so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) they will not be redeemable by us, (ii) they (including the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our Business Combination and (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a net share (cashless) basis and (iv) are subject to registration rights.

Because each Unit contains one-third of one Warrant and only a whole Warrant may be exercised, the Units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each Unit contains one-third of one Warrant. Because, pursuant to the warrant agreement, the Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares, only a whole Warrant may be exercised at any given time. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one share of Class A common stock and one warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the Unitspatents, participants in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the Warrants upon completion of a business combination since the Warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one-third of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a warrant to purchase one whole share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our Units to be worth less than if they included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include target historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to U.S. GAAP or IFRS, depending on the circumstancesindustry typically also protect their technology, especially embedded software, through copyrights and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”). These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our business combination within the prescribed time frame.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.trade secrets. As a result, there is frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights. We have received, and in the future may receive, inquiries from other intellectual property holders and may become subject to claims that we infringe their intellectual property rights, particularly as we expand our stockholderspresence in the market, expand to new use cases and face increasing competition. In addition, parties may claim that the names and branding of our products infringe their trademark rights in certain countries or territories. If such a claim were to prevail, we may have to change the names and branding of our products in the affected territories and we could incur other costs.

We currently have a number of agreements in effect pursuant to which we have agreed to defend, indemnify and hold harmless our customers, suppliers, and channel partners and other partners from damages and costs which may arise from the infringement by our products of third-party patents or other intellectual property rights. The scope of these indemnity obligations varies, but may, in some instances, include indemnification for damages and expenses, including attorneys’ fees. Our insurance may not have access to certain information theycover all intellectual property infringement claims. A claim that our products infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, even if untrue, could adversely affect our relationships with our customers, may deem important. Wedeter future customers from purchasing our products and could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could causeexpose us to lose that status earlier, includingcostly litigation and settlement expenses. Even if the market value of Common Stock heldwe are not a party to any litigation between a customer and a third party relating to infringement by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time,our products, an adverse outcome in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.


Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act maylitigation could make it more difficult for us to effectuatedefend our business combination, require substantial financialproducts against intellectual property infringement claims in any subsequent litigation in which we are a named party. Any of these results could adversely affect our brand and operating results.

30

Our defense of intellectual property rights claims brought against us or our customers, suppliers and channel partners, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, expensive to litigate or settle, divert management resources and increaseattention and force us to acquire intellectual property rights and licenses, which may involve substantial royalty or other payments and may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. Further, a party making such a claim, if successful, could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages or obtain an injunction. An adverse determination also could invalidate our intellectual property rights and adversely affect our ability to offer our products to our customers and may require that we procure or develop substitute products that do not infringe, which could require significant effort and expense. Any of these events could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.
Our intellectual property applications for registration may not issue or be registered, which may have a material adverse effect on our ability to prevent others from commercially exploiting products similar to ours.
We cannot be certain that we are the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404first inventor of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiressubject matter to which we have filed a particular patent application, or if we are the first party to file such a patent application. If another party has filed a patent application to the same subject matter as we have, we may not be entitled to the protection sought by the patent application. We also cannot be certain whether the claims included in a patent application will ultimately be allowed in the applicable issued patent. Further, the scope of protection of issued patent claims is often difficult to determine. As a result, we cannot be certain that the patent applications that we evaluatefile will issue, or that our issued patents will afford protection against competitors with similar technology. In addition, our competitors may design around our issued patents, which may adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and reportoperating results.

In addition to patented technology, we rely on our system of internal controls beginningunpatented proprietary technology, trade secrets, processes and know-how.
We rely on proprietary information (such as trade secrets, know-how and confidential information) to protect intellectual property that may not be patentable or subject to copyright, trademark, trade dress or service mark protection, or that we believe is best protected by means that do not require public disclosure. We generally seek to protect this proprietary information by entering into confidentiality agreements, or consulting services or employment agreements that contain non-disclosure and non-use provisions with our Annual Report on Form 10-K foremployees, consultants, contractors and third parties. However, we may fail to enter into the year ending December 31, 2020. Onlynecessary agreements, and even if entered into, these agreements may be breached or may otherwise fail to prevent disclosure, third-party infringement or misappropriation of our proprietary information, may be limited as to their term and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure or use of proprietary information. We have limited control over the protection of trade secrets used by our current or future manufacturing partners and suppliers and could lose future trade secret protection if any unauthorized disclosure of such information occurs. In addition, our proprietary information may otherwise become known or be independently developed by our competitors or other third parties. To the extent that our employees, consultants, contractors, advisors and other third parties use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain protection for our proprietary information could adversely affect our competitive business position. Furthermore, laws regarding trade secret rights in certain markets where we operate may afford little or no protection to our trade secrets.
We also rely on physical and electronic security measures to protect our proprietary information, but we cannot provide assurance that these security measures will not be breached or provide adequate protection for our property. There is a risk that third parties may obtain and improperly utilize our proprietary information to our competitive disadvantage. We may not be able to detect or prevent the unauthorized use of such information or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce our intellectual property rights.
We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our employees’ former employers.
We may be subject to claims that we or our employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of an employee’s former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our products, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are deemedsuccessful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and demand on management resources.
We use certain software and data governed by open-source licenses, which under certain circumstances could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Certain of our software and data, as well as that of our customers and vendors, may be derived from or otherwise incorporate so-called “open source” software and data that is generally made available to bethe public by its authors and/or other third parties. Some open-source software is made available under licenses that impose certain obligations on us regarding
31

modifications or derivative works we create based upon the open-source software. These obligations may require us to make source code for the derivative works available to the public and/or license such derivative works under a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer willparticular type of license, rather than the forms of license we customarily use to protect our intellectual property. Additionally, if we combine our proprietary software with open-source software in certain manners we could be required to complyrelease the source code of our proprietary software or to make our proprietary software available under open-source licenses to third parties at little or no cost or on unfavorable license terms. In the event that the copyright holder of, or other third party that distributes, open-source software alleges that we have not complied with the independent registeredterms of an open-source license, we could incur significant legal costs defending ourselves against such allegations. If such claims are successful, we could be subject to significant damages, required to release the source code that we developed using that open-source software to the public, accounting firm attestation requirement onenjoined from distributing our internal control oversoftware and/or required to take other actions that could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial reporting. Further,condition.
While we take steps to monitor the use of open-source software in our solutions, processes and technology and try to ensure that no open-source software is used in such a way as to require us to disclose the source code to the related product, processes, or technology when we do not wish to do so, such use could inadvertently occur. Additionally, if a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open source software into software we license from such third party for as long asour solutions, processes, or technology, we remain an emerging growth company, we will notcould, under certain circumstances, be required to complydisclose the source code to our solutions, processes, or technology. This could harm our intellectual property position and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Further, the use of open-source software can lead to vulnerabilities that may make our software susceptible to attack, and although some open-source vendors provide warranty and support agreements, it is common for such software to be available “as is” with no warranty, indemnity, or support. Although we monitor our use of such open-source code to avoid subjecting our solutions to unintended conditions, such use, under certain circumstances, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results and cash flow, including if we are required to take remedial action that may divert resources away from our development efforts.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Shares
Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides, subject to limited exceptions, that the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirementCourt of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Chancery Court”) will be the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a chosen judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or stockholders.
Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought in the Chancery Court or, if that court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, another federal or state court situated in the State of Delaware. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. In addition, our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any suit brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or the Securities Exchange Act on 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or any other claim for which the U.S. federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation further provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.
In March 2020, the Delaware Supreme Court issued a decision in Salzburg et al. v. Sciabacucchi, which found that an exclusive forum provision providing for claims under the Securities Act to be brought in federal court is facially valid under Delaware law. We intend to enforce this forum provision, but we do not know whether courts in other jurisdictions will agree with this decision or enforce it.
The choice of forum providing that a state or federal court located within the state of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. If any other court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
32

Our charter documents and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.
Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include:
providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;
authorizing our Board to issue Preferred Stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could discourage a takeover attempt or delay changes in control;
prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;
providing that vacancies on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we areBoard may be filled only by a blank check company makes compliance withmajority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;
prohibiting the requirementsadoption, amendment or repeal of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target company with which we seek to complete our business combination may not be in compliance withAmended and Restated Bylaws or the repeal of the provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation regarding the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacyelection and removal of its internal controls. The developmentdirectors without the required approval of at least two-thirds of the internal controlshares entitled to vote at an election of directors;
prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;
limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders; and
requiring advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals.
These provisions may frustrate or prevent any such entityattempts by our stockholders to achieve compliancereplace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our Board, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time without the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the timeconsent of our Board.
These and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Provisionsother provisions in our amendedSecond Amended and restated certificateRestated Certificate of incorporationIncorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws and under Delaware law may inhibit acould discourage potential takeover of us, which could limitattempts, reduce the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of Class A common stock and result in the market price of Class A common stock being lower than it would be without these provisions.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.
Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, the Amended and Restated Bylaws and the indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers provide that:
we will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful;
we may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law;
we will be required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if we are ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification;
we will not be obligated pursuant to our Amended and Restated Bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our Board or brought to enforce a right to indemnification;
the rights conferred in the Amended and Restated Bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons; and
33

we may not retroactively amend our Amended and Restated Bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.
The dual class structure of our Common Stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with Austin Russell, our Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer. This will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.
Shares of our Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Class B common stock”), have 10 votes per share, while shares of Class A common stock have one vote per share. Austin Russell, our Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, holds all of the issued and outstanding shares of Class B common stock. Accordingly, Mr. Russell held approximately 75.4% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock as of December 31, 2023 and will be able to control matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or other major corporate transactions. Mr. Russell may have interests that differ from the interests of other stockholders of the Company and may vote in a way with which other stockholders of the Company disagree and which may be adverse to other stockholders’ interests. This concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of us, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their capital stock as part of a sale of us, and might ultimately affect the market price of shares of Class A common stock.
In connection with the execution of the merger agreement in connection with our business combination (the “Business Combination”) with Gores Metropoulos, Inc. (“Gores”), Austin Russell entered into a voting agreement, dated as of August 24, 2020 (the “Voting Agreement”) with Gores. Under the Voting Agreement, Mr. Russell agreed that, following the consummation of the Business Combination between, solely if he is involuntarily terminated from his position as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company as a result of his conviction of, or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony that has a material negative impact on the Company, at any meeting of the stockholders of the Company at which directors are to be elected following the consummation of the Business Combination, Mr. Russell, or any of his permitted successors or assigns, will not vote more than 10% of the Class B common stock he or they beneficially own in any director election.
We are a controlled company within the meaning of The Nasdaq Stock Market listing standards, and, as a result, qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies. To the extent we utilize any of these exemptions, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements. We do not currently intend to rely on the exemptions afforded to controlled companies at this time.
So long as more than 50% of the voting power for the election of our directors is held by an individual, a group or another company, we will qualify as a “controlled company” under The Nasdaq Stock Market listing requirements. Austin Russell controls a majority of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” under the Nasdaq Stock Market rules. As a controlled company, we are exempt from certain Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, including those that would otherwise require our Board to have a majority of independent directors and require that we establish a compensation committee comprised entirely of independent directors, or otherwise ensure that the compensation of our executive officers and nominees for directors are determined or recommended to our Board by independent members of our Board. While we do not currently rely on any of these exemptions, we will be entitled to do so for as long as we are considered a “controlled company,” and to the extent we rely on one or more of these exemptions, holders of our capital stock will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of Nasdaq’s corporate governance requirements.
Our dual class structure may depress the trading price of the Class A common stock.
Our dual class structure may result in a lower or more volatile market price of the Class A common stock or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences due to disfavor of a dual class structure by certain organizations. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multiple-class share structures in certain of their indexes. S&P Dow Jones and FTSE Russell had previously announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500, pursuant to which companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock are excluded. In addition, several stockholder advisory firms have policies that oppose the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual class structure of our Common Stock may cause stockholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices or any actions or publications by stockholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could adversely affect the value and trading market of our Class A common stock.
The market price and trading volume of Class A common stock is volatile and could entrench management.

Our amendeddecline significantly.

The market price of our Class A common stock has been and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consideris expected to continue to be volatile and has recently experienced declines. In addition, the trading volume of our Class A common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price
34

variations to occur. We cannot assure you that the market price of Class A common stock will not fluctuate widely or decline significantly in the future in response to a number of factors, including, among others, the following:
the realization of any of the risk factors presented in this Annual Report;
actual or anticipated differences in our estimates, or in the estimates of analysts, for our revenues, Adjusted EBITDA, results of operations, level of indebtedness, liquidity or financial condition;
additions and departures of key personnel;
failure to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq, Sarbanes-Oxley Act or other laws or regulations;
future issuances, sales, resales or repurchases or anticipated issuances, sales, resales or repurchases, of our securities;
publication of research reports about us;
the performance and market valuations of other similar companies;
commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving us;
broad disruptions in the financial markets, including sudden disruptions in the credit markets;
speculation in the press or investment community;
actual, potential or perceived control, accounting or reporting problems;
changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines; and
other events or factors, including those resulting from infectious diseases, health epidemics and pandemics (including COVID-19), natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism or responses to these events.
In the past, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their best interests. These provisions includeshares. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, which could have a staggered Boardmaterial adverse effect on us.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock adversely, then the price and trading volume of our Class A common stock could decline.
The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on us. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, our stock price and trading volume would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our Class A common stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Future issuances of debt securities and equity securities, including from the exercise of warrants for our Class A common stock, and issuances to customers, vendors or partners, may adversely affect us, including the market price of the Class A common stock and may be dilutive to existing stockholders.
In the future, we may require additional capital to respond to technological advancements, competitive dynamics or technologies, customer demands, business opportunities, challenges, acquisitions or unforeseen circumstances and we may determine to engage in equity or debt financings or enter into credit facilities for other reasons. Securities and agreements involving the issuance of debt will generally rank senior to the Class A common stock and have priority upon liquidation. Such securities also may be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting the Company’s operating flexibility. Additionally, any equity securities or convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of the Class A common stock. In addition, in order to further business relationships with current or potential customers, vendors or partners, we may issue equity or equity-linked securities to such current or potential customers, vendors or partners. Because our decision to issue debt or equity in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, nature or success of our future capital raising efforts. Sales of shares of Class A common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales or conversions might occur may depress the market price of Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities.
35

In addition, as of December 31, 2023, we had warrants to purchase an aggregate of 5.8 million shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. To the extent remaining warrants are exercised, additional shares of Class A common stock will be issued, which will result in dilution to the then-existing holders of Class A common stock and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market. Sales of substantial numbers of such shares in the public market or the fact that such warrants may be exercised could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.
Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq could result in a delisting of our securities.
If we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum closing bid price requirement, Nasdaq may take steps to delist our securities. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of the securities and would impair the ability of our Boardstockholders to designatesell or purchase their securities. In the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve paymentevent of a premium over prevailingdelisting, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow our securities to become listed again, stabilize the market pricesprice or improve the liquidity of our securities, prevent our securities from dropping below the Nasdaq minimum bid price requirement or prevent future non-compliance with Nasdaq’s listing requirements. Additionally, if our securities are not listed on, or become delisted from, Nasdaq for any reason, and are quoted on an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of our securities may be more limited than if we were quoted or listed on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established or sustained.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
Our indebtedness and liabilities could limit the cash flow available for our securities.

operations, expose us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and impair our ability to satisfy our obligations under the notes.

As of December 31, 2023, our total consolidated indebtedness was $615.4 million, representing the Convertible Senior Notes, net of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs, finance leases and certain secured equipment loans. We aremay also subjectincur additional indebtedness to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, whichmeet future financing needs. Our indebtedness could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market priceshave significant negative consequences for our securities.

If we effectsecurity holders and our business, combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we effect our business combination with a company but with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

higher costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with different commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;


complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

tariffs and trade barriers;

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

longer payment cycles and challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

rates of inflation;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;

crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;

deterioration of political relations with the United States; and

government appropriations of assets

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition by, among other things:

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing;
requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness, which will reduce the amount of cash available for other purposes;
limiting our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business;
diluting the interests of our existing stockholders as a result of issuing shares of our Class A common stock upon conversion of the notes; and
placing us at a possible competitive disadvantage with competitors that are less leveraged than us or have better access to capital.
Our business may not generate sufficient funds, and we may otherwise be unable to maintain sufficient cash reserves, to pay amounts due under our indebtedness, including the notes, and our cash needs may increase in the future. In addition, any future indebtedness that we may incur may contain, financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to operate our business, raise capital or make payments under our other indebtedness. If we fail to comply with these covenants or to make payments under our indebtedness when due, then we would be in default under that indebtedness, which could, in turn, result in that and our other indebtedness becoming immediately payable in full.
We may be unable to raise the funds necessary to repurchase the notes for cash following a fundamental change, or to pay any cash amounts due upon conversion, and our other indebtedness may limit our ability to repurchase the notes or pay cash upon their conversion.
Noteholders may, subject to a limited exception, require us to repurchase their notes following a fundamental change at a cash repurchase price generally equal to the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, upon conversion, we will satisfy part or all of our conversion obligation in cash unless we elect to settle conversions solely in shares of our Class A common stock. We may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to repurchase the notes or pay any cash amounts due upon conversion. In addition, applicable law, regulatory authorities and the agreements governing any future indebtedness may restrict our ability to repurchase the notes or pay any cash amounts due upon conversion. Our failure to repurchase notes or to pay any cash amounts due upon conversion or when otherwise required will constitute a default under the indenture. A default under the indenture or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements governing other indebtedness which we have
36

incurred or may incur, which may result in that other indebtedness becoming immediately payable in full. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy all amounts due under the other indebtedness and the notes.
The accounting method for the notes could adversely affect our reported financial condition and results.
In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board published an Accounting Standards Update, which we refer to as ASU 2020-06, to reduce the number of accounting models for convertible debt instruments. The elimination of the separate accounting described above to reduce the interest expense that we have recognized and expect to recognize in the future for the notes for accounting purposes. Under ASU 2020-06, the embedded conversion features are no longer separated from the host contract for convertible instruments with conversion features that are not required to be accounted for as derivatives under Topic 815, or that do not result in substantial premiums accounted for as paid-in capital. Consequently, the notes are accounted for as a single liability measured at amortized cost. Further, ASU 2020-06 eliminated the use of the treasury stock method for convertible instruments that can be settled in whole or in part with equity, and instead requires application of the “if-converted” method. Under that method, diluted earnings per share would generally be calculated assuming that all the notes were converted solely into shares of Class A common stock at the beginning of the reporting period, unless the result would be anti-dilutive. The application of the if-converted method may reduce our reported diluted earnings per share.
Furthermore, if any of the conditions to the convertibility of the notes is satisfied, then we may be required under applicable accounting standards to reclassify the liability carrying value of the notes as a current, rather than a long-term, liability. This reclassification could be required even if no noteholders convert their notes and could materially reduce our reported working capital.
The capped call transactions may affect the value of the notes and our Class A common stock.
In connection with the Convertible Senior Notes, we entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with the option counterparties. The capped call transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution to our Class A common stock upon any conversion of the notes and/or offset any potential cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap.
We have been advised that, in connection with establishing their initial hedges of the capped call transactions, the option counterparties or their respective affiliates entered into various derivative transactions with respect to our Class A common stock and/or purchased shares of our Class A common stock.
In addition, the option counterparties and/or their respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect to our Class A common stock and/or purchasing or selling our Class A common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions following the pricing of the notes and from time to time prior to the maturity of the notes (and are likely to do so following any conversion of the notes, any repurchase of the notes by us on any fundamental change repurchase date, any redemption date or any other date on which the notes are retired by us, in each case if we exercise the relevant election to terminate the corresponding portion of the capped call transactions). This activity could also cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our Class A common stock.
We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the capped call transactions, and the capped call transactions may not operate as planned.
The option counterparties are, financial institutions, and we are subject to the risk that they might default under the capped call transactions. Our exposure to the credit risk of the option counterparties will not be secured by any collateral. Global economic conditions have from time to time resulted in the actual or perceived failure or financial difficulties of many financial institutions, including the bankruptcy filing by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and its various affiliates. If an option counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under our transactions with that option counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors, but, generally, the increase in our exposure will be correlated with increases in the market price or the volatility of our Class A common stock. In addition, upon a default by an option counterparty, we may suffer more dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our Class A common stock. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability or viability of any option counterparty.
In addition, the capped call transactions are complex, and they may not operate as planned. For example, the terms of the capped call transactions may be subject to adjustment, modification or, in some cases, renegotiation if certain corporate or other transactions occur. Accordingly, these transactions may not operate as we intend if we are required to adjust their terms as a result of transactions in the future or upon unanticipated developments that may adversely affect the functioning of the capped call transactions.
37

General Risks
Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We will be subject to income taxes in the United States and other jurisdictions, and our tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:
changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;
expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;
tax effects of stock-based compensation;
costs related to intercompany restructurings;
changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof;
changes in accounting and tax standards or practices;
changes in the composition of operating income by the taxing jurisdiction; or
lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.
In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by taxing authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. We can face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations, which can harm our business.
We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, contractors and other collaborators from authorizing, promising, offering or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, contractors and other collaborators, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm and other consequences.
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law making significant changes to the U.S. Tax Code. In particular, sweeping changes were made to the U.S. taxation of foreign operations. Changes include, but are not limited to, a reduction to the corporate income tax rate, limiting interest deductions, adopting elements of a territorial tax system, assessing a repatriation tax or “toll-charge” on undistributed earnings and profits of U.S.-owned foreign corporations, and introducing certain anti-base erosion provisions, including a new minimum tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) and base erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”). The new legislation did not have a material impact on our provision for income taxes for 2020 and 2019, because we generated net tax losses and offset our deferred tax assets on the balance sheet with a full valuation allowance due to our current loss position and forecasted losses for the near future.
In addition to the impact of the Tax Act on our federal taxes, the Tax Act has impacted our taxation in other jurisdictions, including state income taxes. Additionally, other foreign governing bodies may enact changes to their tax laws in reaction to the Tax Act that could result in changes to our global tax position and materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Additionally, the Internal Revenue Service, (the “IRS”) and several foreign tax authorities have increasingly focused attention on intercompany transfer pricing with respect to sales of products and services and the use of intangibles. Tax authorities could disagree with our future intercompany charges, cross-jurisdictional transfer pricing or other matters and assess additional taxes. If we do not prevail in any such disagreements, our profitability may be affected.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

The current conflict between Ukraine and Russia and Israel-Hamas war have exacerbated market instability and disrupted the global economy and may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The current conflict between Ukraine and Russia and Israel-Hamas war have caused uncertainty about economic and political stability, increasing volatility in the credit and financial markets and disrupting the global economy. The United States, the European Union, and several other countries are imposing far-reaching sanctions and export control restrictions on Russian
38

entities and individuals. These sanctions and export controls may also contribute to higher oil and gas prices and inflation, which could reduce demand in the global automotive sector and therefore reduce demand for our solutions. There is also a risk that Russia launches sanctions and other retaliatory actions. Additional consequences of the conflict may include diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, and various shortages and supply chain disruptions. While we do not currently directly rely on goods or services sourced in Russia, Ukraine or Israel and thus have not experienced any direct disruptions, we may experience indirect disruptions in our supply chain.
The recent Israel-Hamas war and escalating tensions in the region could result in, among other things, additional supply chain disruptions, rising prices for oil and other commodities, volatility in capital markets and foreign exchange rates, any of which may adversely affect our business. In addition, the conflicts, along with any global political fallout and implications including sanctions, shipping disruptions, collateral war damage, and a potential expansion of the conflict, could disturb the global economy.
Any of the foregoing factors, including developments or effects that we cannot yet predict, may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, floods and other natural catastrophic events, global pandemics, and interruptions by man-made problems, such as terrorism. Material disruptions of our business or information systems resulting from these events could adversely affect our operating results.
A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire, flood, hurricane or significant power outage or other similar events, such as infectious disease outbreaks or pandemic events, could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results. One of our offices is located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. In addition, natural disasters, acts of terrorism or war could cause disruptions in our remaining manufacturing operations, our or our customers’ or channel partners’ businesses, our suppliers’ or the economy as a whole. We also rely on information technology systems to communicate among our workforce and with third parties. Any disruption to our communications, whether caused by a natural disaster or by man made problems, such as power disruptions, could adversely affect our business. We do not have a formal disaster recovery plan or policy in place and do not currently require that our suppliers’ partners have such plans or policies in place. To the extent that any such disruptions result in delays or cancellations of orders or impede our suppliers’ ability to timely deliver product components, or the deployment of our products, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
None.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY.
Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy
We recognize the importance of assessing, identifying, and managing material risks associated with cybersecurity threats, as such term is defined in Item 106(a) of Regulation S-K. These risks include, among other things, operational risks; intellectual property theft; fraud; extortion; harm to employees or customers; violation of privacy or security laws and other litigation and legal risk; and reputational risks. These risks affect us, as well as our suppliers, customers, and ultimately their consumers.
We also maintain an incident response plan to coordinate the activities we take to protect against, detect, respond to and remediate cybersecurity incidents, as such term is defined in Item 106(a) of Regulation S-K, as well as to comply with potentially applicable legal obligations and mitigate brand and reputational damage.
We have implemented several cybersecurity processes, technologies, and controls to aid in our efforts to identify, assess, and manage material risks, as well as to test and improve our incident response plan. Our approach includes, among other things:
adoption of frameworks established by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) and International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) for a flexible, tailored, and risk-based approach to cybersecurity, helping to ensure a continuous process of identifying, protecting, detecting, responding, and recovering from cyber incidents;
alignment with ISO 21434 (automotive security) and ISO 27001 (information security management) standards, addressing cybersecurity aspects of automotive products and the broader information security management system to establish, implement, maintain, and continually improve confidentiality, integrity, and availability, as well as meeting the cybersecurity standards and product requirements established by our OEM customers;
conducting regular network and endpoint monitoring, vulnerability assessments, and penetration testing to improve our information systems;
39

providing cybersecurity training programs for employees, management, and directors, including conducting periodic phishing tests to promote awareness for all employees and all contractors with access to corporate email systems;
leveraging industry best practices for incident handling to help identify, protect, detect, respond, and recover when there is an actual or potential cybersecurity incident, and participating in an industry information sharing and analysis center;
employing threat intelligence monitoring processes to model, research, and respond to cyber threats in a proactive manner;
closely monitoring emerging data protection laws and implementing changes to our processes accordingly;
undertaking a periodic review of public-facing policies and statements related to cybersecurity;
carrying information security risk insurance that may provide some protection against the potential losses arising from a cybersecurity incident; and
tracking key performance indicators pertaining to cybersecurity incidents, response and recovery, vulnerabilities, and risks.
These approaches vary in maturity across the business and we work to continually improve them.
Our process for identifying and assessing material risks from cybersecurity threats operates alongside our broader overall enterprise risk management assessment process, covering all company risks. As part of this process appropriate disclosure personnel will collaborate with subject matter specialists, as necessary, to gather insights for identifying and assessing material cybersecurity threat risks, their severity, and potential mitigations.
We conduct regular internal reviews of our cybersecurity program which are overseen by our executive management, and material issues are presented to the board of directors. Our cybersecurity department also participates as part of our regular quarterly Disclosure Committee to review risks requiring disclosures in financial reporting.
Our processes also address oversight and identification of cybersecurity threat risks from our use of third-party service providers, including those in our supply chain. This involves, among other things, conducting pre-engagement risk-based diligence and ongoing monitoring as needed. We also engage third-party service providers from time to time to assist in risk assessment and implementation of monitoring tools, and we review our cybersecurity controls with auditors.
Our business strategy, results of operations and financial condition have not been materially affected by cybersecurity risks, threats, or incidents in the past, and the expenses we have incurred from cybersecurity incidents were immaterial. This includes penalties and settlements, of which there were none. We continue to invest in the cybersecurity and resiliency of systems and products and to enhance our internal controls and processes, which are designed to help protect our systems, products, and the information they contain. Nevertheless, we cannot guarantee that we will not be materially affected in the future by such risks or experience future material incidents.
We more fully describe whether and how risks from identified cybersecurity threats are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition, under Item 1A. of this Form 10-K. See the risk factors captioned “We may experience difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations,” “We are subject to cybersecurity risks to our and our suppliers’ operational systems, security systems, infrastructure, integrated software in our LiDAR solutions and customer data processed by us or third-party vendors or suppliers and any material failure, weakness, interruption, cyber event, incident or breach of security could prevent us from effectively operating our business” and “Failures, or perceived failures, to comply with privacy, data protection, and information security requirements in the variety of jurisdictions in which we operate may adversely impact our business, and such legal requirements are evolving, uncertain and may require improvements in, or changes to, our policies and operations.
Cybersecurity Governance
Cybersecurity is an important part of our risk management processes and an area of increasing focus for our Board and management.
The Audit Committee of our Board (“Audit Committee”) is responsible for the oversight of cybersecurity, including assessment, prevention, detection, and remediation of cyber risks, threats and incidents. Multiple times per year, the Audit Committee receives an overview from management of our cybersecurity threat risk management and strategy processes covering topics such as data security posture, results from third-party assessments, progress towards predetermined risk-mitigation-related goals, our incident response plan, and cybersecurity threat risks or incidents and developments, as well as the steps management has taken to respond to such risks. In such sessions, the Audit Committee generally receives materials including a cybersecurity scorecard and other materials indicating current and emerging cybersecurity threat risks, and describing the Company’s ability to mitigate those risks, and discusses such matters with ourVice President of IT, who is
40

responsible for cybersecurity and is supported by our Chief Legal Officer. Members of the Audit Committee also regularly engage in ad hoc conversations with management on cybersecurity-related matters and news events and discuss any updates to our cybersecurity risk management and strategy programs. When incidents occur, depending on the nature and severity, the Audit Committee Chair is notified immediately, and incidents are further reviewed periodically with the Audit Committee. Material cybersecurity matters are also periodically reviewed with the full Board of Directors.
41

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
We currently maintain our executive offices at 9800 Wilshire Blvd, Beverly Hills, California 90212. The cost for this space is included in the $20,000 per month fee that we pay The Gores Group forlease approximately 842,991 square feet of office space utilities and secretarial support. We considerworldwide. Information concerning our current office space adequate for our current operations.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge,principal leased properties as of December 31, 2023 is any material legal proceeding threatened against us or any of our officers or directors in their corporate capacity.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.


PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

set forth below:

(a)

Location

Market Information

Principal UseSquare FootageLease Expiration Date
Orlando, FloridaCorporate headquarters, manufacturing, engineering, research and development and administrative functions170,294 9/30/2028
Orlando, FloridaTesting207,487 4/1/2028
MexicoManufacturing320,874 8/31/2032
Sunnyvale, CaliforniaProduct design, engineering and administrative functions45,383 11/30/2028
Santa Barbara, CaliforniaSemiconductor research and development20,337 11/30/2026
Colorado Springs, ColoradoSemiconductor research and development12,900 3/31/2028
Cranbury, New JerseySemiconductor research and development16,464 3/14/2028
Wilmington, MassachusettsSemiconductor fabrication7,573 1/30/2025
GermanyResearch and development13,218 12/31/2023

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
Information with respect to this item may be found under the heading “Legal Matters” in Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.
Not applicable.
42


PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Market Information
Our Units began tradingClass A common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol “GMHIU” on “LAZR.” There is no public trading market for our Class B common stock.
Holders
As of February 1, 2019. On March 22, 2019, we announced that15, 2024, there were 324 holders of our Units could elect to separately trade the Common Stock and Warrants included in the Units, or continue to trade the Units without separating them. On March 25, 2019, the Common Stock and Warrants began trading on NASDAQ under the symbols “GMHI” and “GMHIW,” respectively. Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase of one share of Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described in our final prospectus dated January 31, 2019 related to the Public Offering which was filed with the SEC. Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares of Common Stock and will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completionrecord of our business combination or 12 months from the IPO Closing Date. Our Warrants expire five years after the completion of our business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation as described in “Item 1. Business.”

(a)

Holders

As of March 29, 2019, there wasClass A common stock and one holder of record of our Units, one holderClass B common stock. The number of record holders is based upon the actual number of holders registered on our separately traded shares of Common Stock, fourbooks at such date and does not include holders of record of our Class F common stock, and two holders of record of our separately traded Warrants.

shares in street name or persons, partnerships, associations, corporations or other entities identified in security position listings maintained by depository trust companies.

(b)

Dividends

Dividend Policy

We have notnever declared or paid any cash dividends on our Common Stock or Class F common stockstock. We currently intend to dateretain any future earnings and do not intendexpect to pay cashany dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment ofAny future determination to declare cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our business combination will be withinmade at the discretion of our Boardboard of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, including under any future loan facilities, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None.
43

Stock Performance Graph
The graph below compares the cumulative total return on our common stock with that of the NASDAQ Composite Index and the Russell 2000 Index. The period shown commences on December 3, 2020, the date our common stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, and ends on December 31, 2023. The graph assumes $100 was invested at such time.the close of market on December 3, 2020 in the common stock of Luminar, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the Russell 2000 Index, and assumes the reinvestment of any dividends. The stock price performance on the following graph is not intended to forecast or be indicative of future stock price performance of our common stock.
2587
This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Luminar Technologies, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1934 Exchange, as amended.
ITEM 6. RESERVED.

44

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The following discussion and analysis provides information that Luminar’s management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of Luminar’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition. The discussion should be read together with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data of Luminar” and the historical audited annual consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based upon Luminar’s current expectations, estimates and projections that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements due to, among other considerations, the matters discussed under “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this subsection to “Luminar” refer to the business of Luminar Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, which is the business of the post-Business Combination Company and its subsidiaries following the consummation of the Business Combination.
Discussion regarding our financial condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 is included in Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2023.
Overview
We are a global automotive technology company ushering a new era of vehicle safety and autonomy. We are enabling solutions for series production passenger cars and commercial trucks as well as other targeted markets. Over the past decade, Luminar has been building our light detection and ranging (LiDAR) sensor from the chip-level up, which is expected to meet the demanding performance, safety, reliability and cost requirements to enable next-generation safety and autonomous capabilities for passenger and commercial vehicles as well as other adjacent markets.
We are in the process of developing perception and decision-making software, as well as high definition “3D” mapping that we may be able to monetize in the future by offering an ecosystem of improved safety and autonomy created by our LiDAR. As of the end of 2023, substantially all of our software products had not achieved technological feasibility.
Acquisition of Seagate’s LiDAR Business
On January 18, 2023, we completed our purchase of certain assets (including intellectual property (“IP”), equipment and other assets) and hired employees from Seagate Technology LLC and Seagate Singapore International Headquarters Pte. Ltd. (individually and collectively, “Seagate”). The said assets and workforce are expected to contribute towards continued development of our LiDAR technology. This transaction has been accounted for as a business combination.
Industrialization Update
We continue to execute on our industrialization plan in conjunction with our automaker partners. We remain on track to achieve start of production (“SOP”) at the manufacturing facility in Mexico in the first half of 2024. The facility was built in conjunction with and is operated by our contract manufacturing partner Celestica.
In the second quarter of 2023, we launched our partnership with TPK to build and operate our next high volume facility in Asia. In the third quarter of 2023, we commenced the process of series production tooling for Iris+ in partnership with TPK.
We continually evaluate opportunities for optimizing our manufacturing and product design processes. In the second quarter of 2023, we began evaluating our sourcing strategy with the objective to reduce future per unit sensor manufacturing costs. In the third quarter of 2023, we finalized and committed to a plan to change our sourcing of certain sub-assemblies and components from one supplier to another which will require us to abandon certain equipment located at the legacy supplier. As a result, we have reduced the useful lives of the long-lived assets within the impacted asset group in line with when these assets are expected to be abandoned. We expect the transition to new suppliers to be completed in 2024. The reduction in the estimated useful lives of the impacted assets resulted in us recording $9.2 million of accelerated depreciation charges in the year ended December 31, 2023. We expect to record additional accelerated depreciation in the range of $6.0 million to $7.0 million by the end of 2024. Our continuing optimization of our manufacturing and product design processes may impact estimated useful lives or carrying values of additional property, plant and equipment or other assets.
Business Updates
In the first quarter of 2023, we announced the expansion of our partnership with Mercedes-Benz. Mercedes-Benz now plans to integrate our Iris+ LiDAR, and associated technology, across a broad range of its next-generation production vehicle lines by late-decade as optional equipment. We estimate this opportunity to have the potential to generate over $1 billion of revenue over the life of all the vehicle programs, though the actual revenue generated will be subject to many factors, including
45

the ultimate consumer “take rate”. In addition, Polestar announced plans to expand the integration of our technology onto additional models in its future product roadmap, including electric 4-door GT model – the Polestar 5.
In the second quarter of 2023, we executed a manufacturing services agreement with TPK to build and operate an additional high-volume factory. We also announced an agreement with Plus, under which Luminar will be the exclusive provider of long-range LiDAR for PlusDrive, Plus’s factory-installed assisted driving system for commercial vehicles, and Plus will be the exclusive third-party provider of software for certain enhanced driver assist functionality for Luminar to incorporate in our solution offered to commercial vehicle OEMs.
In the third quarter of 2023, we successfully passed the initial Run at Rate production audit for Volvo Cars at the manufacturing facility in Mexico, which is a critical milestone ahead of SOP. In February 2024, we successfully passed the second Run at Rate audit with Volvo Cars, which is another major milestone ahead of SOP, and indicates that we manufactured our LiDAR at the required production rates and necessary quality standards. We will need to pass additional Run at Rate audits by Volvo in advance of the SOP. In addition, our Board is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividendsIris LiDAR also completed one of the first official installations onto a Volvo EX90 at Volvo’s Charleston plant in the foreseeable future. Further, ifUS. We also announced a partnership with Gatik, under which Luminar will be the exclusive provider of LiDAR on the next generation of Gatik vehicles.
In the fourth quarter of 2023, we incurannounced an expansion of our ongoing collaboration with Mobileye and Polestar, specifically that Luminar LiDAR will be integrated to the Mobileye Chauffeur platform on the Polestar 4, Polestar’s SUV coupe. This marks the first integration of Luminar into a Mobileye system in a consumer production vehicle.
During the full year of 2023, Luminar also established new commercial arrangements with Scale AI, Pony.AI, Swiss Re, and Applied Intuition, among others. Scale AI is Luminar’s exclusive provider of data labeling services and is licensing certain information from Luminar for certain commercial applications. Pony.AI will be buying Luminar’s LiDAR sensors for its next-generation commercial truck and robo-taxi platforms, targeted for series production by 2025. Our insurance initiative in partnership with Swiss Re is intended to demonstrate and quantify the efficacy of safety improvement of Luminar-equipped passenger vehicles and the corresponding impact on vehicle insurance premiums.
Given the customary business practices in the automotive industry, the rapidly changing nature of the markets in which we compete, and the fact that LiDAR is a new technology in the industry, there remains potential risk that our major commercial wins may not ultimately generate any indebtednesssignificant revenue. See the discussion under the heading “The period of time from a major commercial win to implementation is long and we are subject to risks of cancellation or postponement of the contract or unsuccessful implementation” in “Risk Factors” in Item IA of Part I in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Basis of Presentation
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. We have eliminated intercompany accounts and transactions.
Components of Results of Operations
Revenue
Our business and revenue producing activities are organized in two operating segments: (i) Autonomy Solutions and (ii) Advanced Technologies and Services (“ATS”).
The Autonomy Solutions segment is engaged in design, manufacturing, and sale of LiDAR sensors catering mainly to the OEMs in the automobile, commercial vehicle, robo-taxi and adjacent industries. The Autonomy Solutions segment revenue also includes fees earned from non-recurring engineering services provided to customers in connection with customization of our sensor and software products, as well as revenue generated from licensing of certain information.
The ATS segment provides advanced semiconductors and related components, as well as design, test and consulting services to the Autonomy Solutions segment and to various third-party customers, including government agencies and defense contractors, in markets generally unrelated to autonomous vehicles.
Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Fixed fee arrangements are satisfied over time and utilize the input method based on costs incurred. Accordingly, revenue for fixed fee arrangements is recognized on a percentage of completion basis. Certain customer contracts are also structured as time and materials and billed at cost of time incurred plus a markup. Such time and material contracts are recognized over time.
Two customers, customers A and B, of Autonomy Solutions, accounted for 35%, and 11% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023. Two customers, customers A and B, accounted for 17% and 21% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022. Two customers, customers B and C, accounted for 42% and 17% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021.
46

Cost of sales and gross profit (loss)
Cost of sales includes the fixed and variable manufacturing cost of our LiDAR sensors, which primarily consists of personnel-related costs including stock-based compensation for personnel engaged in manufacturing, assembly and related services, material purchases from third-party contract manufacturers and other suppliers which are directly associated with our manufacturing process as well as costs associated with excess capacity. Cost of sales also includes cost of providing services to customers, write downs for excess and obsolete inventory, and shipping costs.
Gross profit (loss) equals revenue less cost of sales.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development (R&D)
R&D costs are expensed as incurred. Design and development costs for products to be sold under long-term supply arrangements are expensed as incurred. Design and development costs for molds, dies, and other tools involved in developing new technology are expensed as incurred.
Our R&D efforts are focused on enhancing and developing additional functionality for our existing products and on new product development, including new releases and upgrades to our LiDAR sensors and integrated software solutions. R&D expenses consist primarily of:
Personnel-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation expense, for personnel in our research and engineering functions;
Expenses related to materials, software licenses, supplies and third-party services;
Prototype expenses; and
An allocated portion of facility and IT costs and depreciation.
The ATS segment provides certain services and components to the Autonomy Solutions segment which are recorded as cost of goods sold or research and development costs depending on the nature and use of such services and components by the Autonomy Solutions segment. These inter-segment transactions are eliminated in our consolidated results. We expect our R&D costs to remain elevated for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in research and development activities to achieve our product roadmap, and we expect to continue to incur operating losses for at least the foreseeable future due to continued R&D investments.
Sales and Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses consist of personnel and personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation of our business combination,development team, as well as advertising and marketing expenses. These include the cost of marketing programs, trade shows, promotional materials, demonstration equipment, an allocated portion of facility and IT costs and depreciation.
We expect to increase our abilitysales and marketing activities, mainly in order to declare dividendscontinue to build out our geographic presence to be closer to our partners and better serve them. We also expect that our sales and marketing expenses will increase over time as we continue to hire additional personnel to scale our business.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses consist of personnel and personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation of our executive, finance, human resources, information systems and legal departments as well as legal and accounting fees for professional and contract services.
We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase for the foreseeable future with the growth of our business, and as a result of operating as a public company, including compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, legal, audit, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities, and other administrative and professional services.
Change in Fair Value of Warrants
The warrant liabilities are classified as marked-to-market liabilities and the corresponding increase or decrease in value is reflected in change in fair value of warrants.
Other income (expense), net
Interest income consists primarily of income earned on our cash equivalents and marketable securities. These amounts will vary based on our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances, and also with market rates. Interest expense consists primarily of interest on convertible senior notes issued in December 2021 as well as amortization of premium
47

(discount) on marketable securities. Other income (expense) includes realized gains and losses related to the marketable securities, as well as impact of gains and losses related to foreign exchange transactions, and impairment of investments and certain other assets.
Results of Operations
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this report. The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations data for the periods presented (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,ChangeChange
20232022$%
Revenue$69,779 $40,698 $29,081 71 %
Cost of sales142,469 100,983 41,486 41 %
Gross loss(72,690)(60,285)(12,405)21 %
Operating Expenses:
Research and development262,217 185,283 76,934 42 %
Sales and marketing53,097 38,672 14,425 37 %
General and administrative159,815 158,162 1,653 %
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets15,489 — 15,489 nm
Total operating expenses490,618 382,117 108,501 28 %
Loss from operations(563,308)(442,402)(120,906)27 %
Other income (expense), net:
Change in fair value of warrants1,936 9,222 (7,286)(79)%
Interest expense(11,048)(11,095)47 — %
Interest income13,109 5,697 7,412 130 %
Losses and impairments related to investments and certain other assets, and other income/(expense)(10,262)(6,689)(3,573)53 %
Total other income (expense), net(6,265)(2,865)(3,400)119 %
Loss before provision for income taxes(569,573)(445,267)(124,306)28 %
Provision for income taxes1,696 672 1,024 152 %
Net loss$(571,269)$(445,939)$(125,330)28 %
Revenue
The following table sets forth a breakdown of our revenue by our segments for the periods presented (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,ChangeChange
20232022$%
Revenue from sales to external customers:
Autonomy Solutions$48,835 $24,353 $24,482 101 %
ATS20,944 16,345 4,599 28 %
Total$69,779 $40,698 $29,081 71 %
The increase in revenue of our Autonomy Solutions in 2023 compared to 2022 was primarily due to an increase in sales of our LiDAR sensors and licensing of certain information.
The increase in revenue of our ATS segment in 2023 compared to 2022 was primarily due to an increase in revenue from non-recurring engineering services.
Cost of Sales
The $41.5 million increase in the cost of sales in 2023 compared 2022 was primarily due to:
fixed manufacturing overhead and other costs related to the contract manufacturing facility in Mexico;
NRE contract losses recorded related to the increase in Iris+ development man-hours and costs;
48

costs associated with yield losses, scrap and inventory write-downs as we continued to work through process validation and optimization of the Mexico facility ahead of SOP.
Additionally, in the third quarter of 2023, we finalized and committed to a plan to change our sourcing of certain sub-assemblies and components from one supplier to another which will require us to abandon certain equipment located at the legacy supplier. As a result, we have reduced the useful lives of the long-lived assets within the impacted asset group in line with when these assets are expected to be abandoned, which resulted in recording depreciation for these assets over an accelerated period. In 2023, we recorded $9.2 million of accelerated depreciation charges associated with this manufacturing and sourcing change.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development
The $76.9 million increase in research and development expenses in 2023 compared to 2022 was primarily due to:
a $42.1 million increase in personnel-related costs driven mainly by increased headcount and an increase in stock-based compensation expense;
a $17.6 million increase in purchased materials, contractor fees and external spend in relation to continued development and testing of our sensor and software products, development activities related to advanced manufacturing, as well as data labelling services.
Sales and Marketing
The $14.4 million increase in sales and marketing expenses for 2023 compared to 2022 was primarily due to a $13.5 million increase in personnel related costs including stock-based compensation costs due to increase in headcount.
General and Administrative
The $1.7 million increase in general and administrative expenses for 2023 compared to 2022 was primarily due to a $14.2 million increase in personnel costs, including stock-based compensation costs, partially offset by:
a $10.2 million decrease in legal, outside consultants, contractors and other costs; and
a $3.0 million decrease in general liability insurance costs; and
a $2.1 million decrease in travel related costs.
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we recognized impairment charges of $15.5 million related to the Freedom Photonics acquisition. The impairment charge comprised of $12.5 million of goodwill and $3.0 million of intangible asset relating to in-process research and development (“IPR&D”). The impairments were due to events which occurred during the fourth quarter of 2023, including a decision to delay development activities on certain new products resulting from an increase in focus on supporting the product roadmap of the Autonomy Solutions segment, and a lowering of the growth outlook for the business due to less than anticipated traction in sales of new products.
Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liabilities
The change in fair value of warrant liabilities is a non-cash benefit or charge due to the corresponding decrease or increase in the estimated fair value of warrants issued in a private placement on connection with the initial public offering of Gores Metropoulos, Inc. (“Private Warrants”).
Losses and impairments related to investments and certain other assets
Losses and impairment related to investments and certain other assets in 2023 primarily related to marked to market fair value adjustment related to declines in fair values of marketable equity investments. Losses and impairments of investments and certain other assets in 2022 primarily related to an impairment charge of $6.0 million related to our investment in Robotic Research OpCo, LLC.
49

Segment Operating Loss
Segment profit or loss is defined as income or loss before taxes. Our segment loss breakdown is as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,ChangeChange
20232022$%
Segment operating loss
Autonomy Solutions$(513,668)$(412,673)$(100,995)24 %
ATS(49,640)(29,394)(20,246)69 %
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources of Liquidity and Capital Requirements
Our capital requirements depend on many factors, including:
production capacity and volume;
the timing and extent of spending to support R&D efforts;
investments in manufacturing equipment and facilities;
working capital needs;
investments in product development and validation programs for customers;
the expansion of sales and marketing activities, market adoption of new and enhanced products and features; and
investments in information technology systems.
Until we can generate sufficient revenue and profits from sale of products and services to cover our operating expenses, working capital, and capital expenditures, we expect our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, and proceeds from debt and/or equity financings to fund our cash needs. If we are required to raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to stockholders would result. Any equity securities issued may also provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we raise funds by issuing debt securities, these debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. The terms of debt securities or borrowings could impose significant restrictions on our operations. The credit market and financial services industry have in the past, and may in the future, experience periods of uncertainty that could impact the availability and cost of equity and debt financing.
We expect to continue to invest in our product and software development as well as incur efforts to build customer relations and markets. Further, we expect to invest in developing advanced manufacturing capabilities, both, internally as well as with our contract manufacturing partners. We expect to fund these product and business development initiatives, and capital expenditures either through our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities or through issuance of shares of our Class A common stock to vendors and third-party service providers (“Stock-in-lieu of Cash Program”).
In February 2024, we entered into two non-recourse loan and securities pledge agreements (the “Loan Agreements”) with The St. James Bank & Trust Company Ltd. (the “Lender”), pursuant to which we may borrow up to an aggregate of $50.0 million. Any loans made by the Lender under the Loan Agreements would be collateralized by shares of our Class A common stock or stock we hold of another company. The Loan Agreements require us to pay an up-front structure fee of 1.5% on any amounts borrowed, and any outstanding amounts would bear interest at 8.0% per annum.
On February 28, 2023, we entered into an agreement (the “Sales Agreement”) with Virtu Americas LLC (the “Agent”) under which we may offer and sell, from time to time in its sole discretion, shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock with aggregate gross sales proceeds of up to $75.0 million through an equity offering program under which Virtu Americas LLC will act as sales agent (the “Equity Financing Program”). We intend to use the net proceeds from offerings under the Equity Financing Program primarily for expenditures or payments in connection with strategic merger and acquisition opportunities, as well as potential strategic investments, partnerships and similar transactions.
Under the Sales Agreement, we set the parameters for the sale of the shares, including the number of shares to be issued, the time period during which sales are requested to be made, limitations on the number of shares that may be limitedsold in any one trading day and any minimum price below which sales may not be made. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Sales Agreement, the Agent has agreed to use its commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with its normal trading and sales practices, to sell the shares by restrictive covenants we may agreemethods deemed to be an “at the market” offering as defined in connection therewith.

(c)

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

(d)

Performance Graph

Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act, including sales made through The graph is not included because asNasdaq Global Select Market.

We issued 3.9 million and 9.5 million shares of Class A common stock under the Equity Financing Program during the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2023 for net cash proceeds of $11.5 million and $50.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, no2023, $24.3 million of Class A Common Stock was available for sale under the program.
50

On May 8, 2023, we entered into an agreement to issue 1.7 million shares of our Common Stock were outstanding.

(e)

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

Unregistered Sales

On October 18, 2018, our Sponsor purchased 10,781,250 Founder SharesClass A common stock to a TPK group company, for an aggregate purchase pricea cash consideration of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. Subsequently, our Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 75,000 Founder Shares to our independent directors. On March 18, 2019, following the expiration of the unexercised portion of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, our Sponsor forfeited 781,250 Founder Shares, so that the remaining Founder Shares held by the Initial Stockholders would represent 20.0% of the outstanding$10.0 million. These shares of Capital Stock following the completion of our Public Offering. Our Public Offering was consummated on February 5, 2019.


PriorClass A common stock were issued pursuant to the IPO Closing Date, we completed thea private sale of an aggregate of 6,666,666 Private Placement Warrants to our Sponsor at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating total proceeds, before expenses, of $10,000,000. The Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the public warrants sold as part of the units in the Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants may be physical (cash) or net share (cashless) settled and are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by holders other than our Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Warrants.

The sales of the above securities by the Company were exempt from registration under the Securities Act,placement in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions byon May 15, 2023. Additionally, we had granted an issuer not involving a public offering.

Useoption to purchase 1.7 million additional shares of Proceeds

On January 31, 2019, our registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-228739)Class A common stock worth $10.0 million, which was declared effectiveexercised by the SECTPK group company on August 9, 2023.

As of December 31, 2023, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $139.1 million and marketable securities of $150.7 million, aggregating to $289.8 million of total liquidity. To date, our principal sources of liquidity have been proceeds received from issuances of debt and equity. Market and economic conditions, such as increase in interest rates by federal agencies, may materially impact relative cost and mix of these sources of liquidity.
To date, we have not generated positive cash flows from operating activities and have incurred significant losses from operations in the past as reflected in our accumulated deficit of $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2023. We expect to continue to incur operating losses for at least the Public Offering pursuantforeseeable future due to whichcontinued R&D investments that we sold an aggregate of 40,000,000 Units at an offering priceintend to the public of $10.00 per Unit, including 2,500,000 Unitsmake in our business and, as a result, of the underwriter’s partial exercise of its over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $400,000,000.

After deducting the underwriting discountswe may require additional capital resources to grow our business. We believe that current cash, cash equivalents, and commissions (excluding the Deferred Discount, which amountmarketable securities will be payable upon the consummation ofsufficient to continue to execute our business combination, if consummated)strategy in the next 12 months and until we expect to begin series production.

Cash Flow Summary
The following table summarizes Luminar’s cash flows for the estimated offering expenses,periods presented:
Year ended December 31,
20232022
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities$(247,304)$(208,232)
Investing activities236,626 27,986 
Financing activities80,197 (79,351)
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $247.3 million during the totalyear ended December 31, 2023. Net cash used in operating activities was due to our net loss of $571.3 million adjusted for non-cash items of $335.6 million, primarily consisting of $207.1 million of stock-based compensation, $50.8 million of vendor payments in stock in lieu of cash, $19.5 million of inventory write-offs and write-downs, $7.0 million in amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets, $7.6 million loss on marketable securities, $1.9 million of change in fair value of warrant liabilities and $26.6 million of depreciation and amortization, offset by cash used by operating assets and liabilities of $11.6 million due to the timing of cash payments to vendors and receipts from customers.
Investing Activities
Net cash provided by investing activities of $236.6 million in 2023 was comprised of $520.3 million and $52.4 million, respectively, of cash proceeds from our Public Offeringmaturities and sales or redemptions of marketable securities, offset primarily by $301.5 million related to purchases of marketable securities, $21.9 million in capital expenditures, and $12.6 million of cash paid to acquire certain assets from Seagate.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities of $80.2 million in 2023 was comprised of $50.2 million cash received from sale and issuance of shares of Class A common stock under the Equity Financing Program, $20.0 million cash received from issuance of shares of Class A common stock to a TPK group company, $3.1 million cash received from exercises of stock options, $2.6 million of proceeds from sale of the Private Placement Warrants were $401,055,000, of which $400,000,000 (or $10.00 per share soldClass A common stock under our employee stock purchase plan, offset by $2.1 million cash paid for employee taxes related to stock-based awards.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in the Public Offering) was placed in the Trust Accountaccordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States maintained by(“GAAP”). The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that can significantly impact the Trustee.

Through February 5, 2019,amounts we incurred $8,810,651 forreport as assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and the related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ significantly from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that the accounting policies and estimates discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance as these policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity.

51

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.
Revenue
Revenue from product sales is recognized upon transfer of control of promised products. Revenue for service projects is recognized as services are performed and amounts are earned in accordance with the terms of a contract. Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those products and services.
Revenues related to NRE projects are recognized over time using the Public Offering. Atcost input method. In using this input method, we generally apply the IPO Closing Date,cost-to-cost method of accounting where sales and profits are recorded based on the ratio of costs incurred to estimated total costs at completion. Recognition of profit on the NRE contracts requires estimates of the total contract value, the total cost at completion, and the measurement of progress towards completion. During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we paidrecorded $16.4 million and $19.2 million in cost of sales (services) estimated losses expected to be incurred on NRE projects with certain customers. Estimated contract losses in the year ended December 31, 2021 were not material. The estimated contract losses recorded in 2023 and 2022 were primarily a result of (a) changes in estimates related to costs expected to be incurred for contractual milestones based on actual experience on similar projects and (b) changes in scope of project deliverables agreed upon with the respective customers during the year. Significant judgment is required when estimating total contract costs and progress to completion on the arrangements, as well as whether a loss is expected to be incurred on the contract. In estimating total contract costs, we are also required to estimate the effort expected to be incurred to complete a NRE project. These estimates are subject to significant estimation uncertainty as actual time and effort incurred on completing a NRE project or actual rates of $8,000,000either internal or contracted personnel working on such NRE projects may differ from our estimates. If circumstances arise that change the original estimates of revenues, costs, or extent of progress toward completion, revisions to the estimates are made. These revisions may result in underwriting discountsincreases or decreases in estimated revenues or costs, and commissions. In addition,such revisions are reflected in income in the underwriter agreedperiod in which the circumstances that gave rise to defer $14,000,000 in underwriting commissions, which amountthe revision become known to us. We perform ongoing profitability analysis of our contracts accounted for under this method to determine whether the latest estimates of revenues, costs, and profits require updating. If at any time these estimates indicate that the contract will be payable upon consummationunprofitable, the entire estimated loss for the remainder of the contract is recorded immediately.
We enter into contracts that can include various combinations of products and services, which are generally capable of being distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations; however, determining whether products or services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together may sometimes require significant judgment. Transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price (“SSP”) basis. Judgment is required to determine SSP for each distinct performance obligation. We use a range of sales prices from actual sales to customers to estimate SSP when products and services are sold separately. In instances where SSP is not directly observable, we determine SSP using information that may include other observable inputs available to it.
Changes in judgments with respect to these assumptions and estimates could impact the timing or amount of revenue recognition.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 in Item 8. of this Form 10-K for information related to recent accounting pronouncements.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
We are exposed to various market risks in the ordinary course of our business, combination, if consummated. There has been no material changewhich may result in the planned use of proceedspotential losses arising from our Public Offeringadverse changes in market rates, such as described in our final prospectus dated January 31, 2019 which was filed with the SEC.

Our Sponsor, executive officersinterest rates and directors have agreed,foreign exchange rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, that we will have only 24 months from the IPO Closing Date to complete our business combination. Ifdo not believe we are unableexposed to complete our business combination within such 24-month period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in our Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable, and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholder’s rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each casematerial market risk with respect to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditorscash, cash equivalents and the requirements of other applicable law.

As of February 5, 2019, $400,000,000 was held in the Trust Account, and we had approximately $1,747,419 of unrestricted cash available to us for our activities in connection with identifying and conducting due diligence of a suitable business combination, and for general corporate matters.

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

The following table summarizes selected historical financial data and should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited financial statements, and the notes and schedules related thereto, which are included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Income Statement Data: Prior to the IPO Closing Date, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 6,666,666 Private Placement Warrants to our Sponsor at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating total proceeds, before expenses, of $10,000,000. The Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the public warrants sold as part of the units in the Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants may be physical (cash) or net share (cashless) settled and are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by holders other than our Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Warrants.

For the period

from August 15, 2018

(inception) to

December 31, 2018

Professional fees and other expenses

$

(20,554

)

State franchise taxes, other than income tax

(1,431

)

Loss from operations

(21,985

)

Net loss

$

(21,985

)

Per Share Data:

Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted

10,781,250

Net loss per common share – basic and diluted

$

Balance Sheet Data:

As of

December 31,

2018

Working capital(1)

$

3,015

Total assets(2)

$

489,864

Total liabilities

$

486,849

Stockholder’s equity

$

3,015

(1)

Includes $52,489 in cash, plus $437,375 of other assets, less $486,849 of current liabilities.

marketable securities.

(2)

Includes $52,489 in cash, plus $437,375 of other assets.

If we seek stockholder approval of any business combination, we will offer holders of our public shares the right to have their public shares redeemed (subject to the limitations described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) regardless of whether such stockholder votes for or against such proposed business combination. We will close a business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such closing and, solely if we seek stockholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination.


Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and the notes related thereto which are included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Interest Rate Risk.We had not completed our Public Offeringcash and cash equivalents, and marketable securities totaling $289.8 million as of December 31, 2018.  Except as specified herein, this discussion2023. Cash equivalents and analysismarketable securities were invested primarily in U.S. treasury securities, commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. agency and government sponsored securities, equity investments and asset-backed securities. Our investment policy is focused on the preservation of capital and supporting our liquidity needs. Under the policy, we invest in highly rated securities, while limiting the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer other than the U.S. government. We do not invest in financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes, nor do we use leveraged financial instruments. We utilize external investment managers who adhere to the guidelines of our financial conditioninvestment policy. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates is not expected to have a material impact on the value of our cash and results of operations does not give effect to the Public Offering.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated on August 28, 2018 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a business combination with onecash equivalents or more target businesses. We completed our Public Offering on February 5, 2019.  marketable investments.

As of December 31, 2018, we had not identified any business combination target nor initiated any substantive discussions directly or indirectly, with respect to identifying any business combination target.

Since completing2023, the principal amount outstanding of our Public Offering, we have reviewed, and continue to review, a number of opportunities to enter into a business combination with an operating business, but we are not able to determine at this time whether we will complete a business combination with anyConvertible Senior Notes was $625.0 million. The fair value of the target businesses that we have reviewed or with anyConvertible Senior Notes is subject to interest rate risk, market risk and other target business. We intendfactors due to effectuate our business combination using cash from the proceeds of our Public Offering and the saletheir conversion features. The fair value of the Private Placement Warrants, our Capital Stock, debt,Convertible Senior Notes will generally increase or a combination of cash, stock and debt.

Results of Operations

For the period from August 28, 2018 to December 31, 2018, we had a net loss of $21,985. Subsequent to December 31, 2018, our activities mainly consisted of identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates for a business combination. We believe that we have sufficient funds available to complete our efforts to effect a business combination with an operating business by February 5, 2021. However, if our estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our business combination.

At December 31, 2018, we had $52,489 in cash.

As of December 31, 2018, we had neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues.  Our only activities prior to December 31, 2018 were organizational activities and those necessary to prepare for the Public Offering. We will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our business combination, at the earliest.  Since completing our Public Offering, we generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on funds held in the Trust Account. We expect to incur significant expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as expenses in the pursuit of our acquisition plans.  We cannot assure you that our plans to complete our business combination will be successful.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

In October 2018, our Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 10,781,250 Founder Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. Subsequently, our Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 75,000 Founder Shares to our independent directors. On March 18, 2019, following the expiration of the unexercised portion of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, our Sponsor forfeited 781,250 Founder Shares so that the remaining Founder Shares held by our Initial Stockholders represented 20.0% of the outstanding shares upon completion of our Public Offering.


On February 5, 2019, we consummated our Public Offering of 40,000,000 Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit, including 2,500,000 Units as a result of the underwriter’s partial exercise of their over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $400,000,000. On the IPO Closing Date, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 6,666,666 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of Common Stock at $11.50 per share, to our Sponsor, at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds, before expenses, of $10,000,000. After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the Deferred Discount, which amount will be payable upon consummation of the business combination, if consummated) and the estimated offering expenses, the total net proceeds from our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were $401,055,000, of which $400,000,000 (or $10.00 per share sold in the Public Offering) was placed in the Trust Account. The amount of proceeds not deposited in the Trust Account was $1,055,000 at the closing of our Public Offering.  Interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account may be released to us to fund our Regulatory Withdrawals (subject to an annual limit of $750,000, for a maximum of 24 months) and/or to pay our franchise and income taxes.

On October 18, 2018, our Sponsor loaned us an aggregate of $150,000 by the issuance of an unsecured promissory note for $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering. On December 31, 2018, the outstanding balance on the loan was $150,000. On January 25, 2019, our Sponsor loaned us an additional $150,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering. These Notes were non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of September 30, 2019 or the completion of the Public Offering. The carrying amount of the Notes approximates fair value because of their short maturity. These Notes were repaid in full upon the completion of the Public Offering.

As of December 31, 2018, we had cash of $52,489, which is available to fund our working capital requirements.

At December 31, 2018, the Company had current liabilities of $486,849 and working capital of $3,015 largely due to amounts owed to professionals, consultants, advisors and others who were working on organizational and Public Offering matters. Subsequent to our Public Offering work on seeking a business combination began, and expenses are continuing to accrue.

The Company intends to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of Regulatory Withdrawals and taxes payable) to consummate our business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete a business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of shares of our Common Stock upon completion of a business combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. In addition, following our business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations. To the extent that our capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to consummate our business combination, the remaining proceeds held in our Trust Account, if any, will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategy.

Off-balance sheet financing arrangements

We had no obligations, assets or liabilities which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2018. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements.

We had not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or entered into any non-financial agreements involving assets as of December 31, 2018.


Contractual obligations

We did not have any long-term debt obligations, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations, purchase obligations or long-term liabilities at December 31, 2018. In connection with the Public Offering, we entered into an administrative services agreement to pay monthly recurring expenses of $20,000 to The Gores Group for office space, utilities and secretarial support. The administrative services agreement terminates upon the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the liquidation of the Company.

The underwriter is entitled to underwriting discounts and commissions of 5.5%, of which 2.0% ($8,000,000) was paid at the IPO Closing Date, and 3.5% ($14,000,000) was deferred. The Deferred Discount will become payable to the underwriter from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement. The underwriter is not entitled to any interest accrued on the Deferred Discount.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and income and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have identified the followingdecrease as our critical accounting policies:

Offering costs

The Company complies with the requirements of the Accounting Standards Codification (the “ASC”) 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A — “Expenses of Offering.” Offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees incurred through the balance sheet date that are related to our Public Offering and were charged to stockholder’s equity upon the completion of our Public Offering. Accordingly, at December 31, 2018, offering costs totaling approximately $437,375 have been deferred and will be charged to stockholders’ equity upon close of the Public Offering.

Net loss per common share

The Company has two classes of shares, which are referred to as Class A common stock price increases or decreases. The interest and Class F common stocks. Net income/(loss) per common share is computed utilizing the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share separately for each class of common stock based on an allocation of undistributed earnings per the rights of each class. As of December 31, 2018, the Company did not have any dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into Common Stock and then share in the earnings of the Company under the treasury stock method. As a result, diluted net income/(loss) per common share is the same as basic net income/(loss) per common share for the period.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements based on current operations of the Company.  The impact of any recently issued accounting standards will be re-evaluated on a regular basis or if a business combination is completed where the impact could be material.  

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is a broad term for the risk of economic loss due to adversemarket value changes inaffect the fair value of a the Convertible Senior Notes but do not impact our

52

financial instrument. Theseposition, cash flows or results of operations due to the fixed nature of the debt obligations. We carry the Convertible Senior Notes at face value less unamortized discount on our consolidated balance sheets.
Our Convertible Senior Notes bear fixed interest rate, and therefore, are not subject to interest rate risk. We have not utilized derivative financial instruments, derivative commodity instruments or other market risk sensitive instruments, positions or transactions in any material fashion, except for the privately negotiated capped call transactions entered into in December 2021 related to the issuance of our Convertible Senior Notes.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk. Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Currently, all of our revenue is generated in U.S. dollars. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our operations, which are primarily in the U.S. and in Europe. Luminar’s results of operations and cash flows in the future may be the resultadversely affected due to an expansion of various factors, including interest rates,non-U.S. dollar denominated contracts, growth of its international entities, and changes in foreign exchange rates. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates commodity prices and/or equity prices. Our business activities from August 28, 2018 to December 31, 2018 consisted solely of organizational activities and activities relatingapplicable to our Public Offering. Webusiness would not have a material impact on our historical or current consolidated financial statements. To date, we have not engaged in any hedging activities sincestrategies. As our inception on August 28, 2018. We do not expectinternational operations grow, we will continue to engagereassess our approach to manage the risk relating to fluctuations in any hedging activities with respect to the market risk to which we are exposed.

currency rates.

53


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



54

ReportTable of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors

Gores Metropoulos, of Luminar Technologies, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Gores Metropoulos,Luminar Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company)“Company”) as of December 31, 2018,2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations changes in stockholder’sand comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period from August 28, 2018 (inception) toended December 31, 2018,2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements)“financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018,2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period from August 28, 2018 (inception) toended December 31, 2018,2023, in conformity with U.S.accounting principles generally accepted accounting principles.

in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 28, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on thesethe Company’s financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB)PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Revenue — Non-recurring Engineering (“NRE”) services — Refer to Notes 2 and 4 to the financial statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
The Company recognizes revenue from non-recurring engineering services under fixed fee arrangements (“NRE services”) to integrate Luminar LiDAR hardware for autonomy in vehicle platforms. NRE services are recognized over time using an input method based on contract costs incurred to date compared to total estimated contract costs. The accounting for these contracts involves judgment, particularly as it relates to estimating total contract costs.
Given the judgments necessary to determine total estimated contract costs used to recognize revenue for NRE services, auditing such estimates required extensive audit effort due to the high degree of auditor judgment required when performing audit procedures and evaluating the results of those procedures.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to management’s estimates of total contract costs used to recognize revenue for NRE services included the following, among others:
We tested the effectiveness of controls over long-term engineering services contract revenue, including management’s controls over the total estimated contract costs.
We selected a sample of NRE service contracts and performed the following:
55

Evaluated the estimates of total contract costs by:
Inquiring with management to obtain an understanding of its key inputs and assumptions used to determine total cost estimates.
Evaluating management’s ability to achieve the estimates of total cost by performing corroborating inquiries with the Company’s project managers and engineers.
Comparing inputs and assumptions to management’s work plans, engineering specifications, supplier contracts, and payroll data.
Assessing management’s ability to estimate total costs accurately by comparing actual costs to management’s historical estimates for performance obligations that have been fulfilled.
Testing the mathematical accuracy of management’s calculation of estimated total contract cost.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
San Jose, California
February 28, 2024
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

Denver, Colorado

March 29, 2019

2020.





56

Table of ContentsGORES METROPOULOS,
LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2018

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CURRENT ASSETS:

Cash and cash equivalents

$

52,489

Deferred offering costs associated with proposed public offering

437,375

Total current assets

489,864

Total assets

$

489,864

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accrued expenses, formation and offering costs

$

335,418

State franchise tax accrual

1,431

Notes and advances payable – related party

150,000

Total current liabilities

486,849

Total liabilities

486,849

Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholder's equity:

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding

Common stock

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued

   or outstanding

Class F common stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized, 10,781,250 shares

   issued and outstanding

1,078

Additional paid-in-capital

23,922

Accumulated deficit

(21,985

)

Total stockholder's equity

3,015

Total liabilities and stockholder's equity

$

489,864

Consolidated Balance Sheets

See

(In thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31,
20232022
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$139,095 $69,552 
Restricted cash1,529 1,553 
Marketable securities150,727 419,314 
Accounts receivable14,124 11,172 
Inventory12,196 8,792 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets32,950 44,203 
Total current assets350,621 554,586 
Property and equipment, net66,300 30,260 
Operating lease right-of-use assets42,706 21,244 
Intangible assets, net22,994 22,077 
Goodwill7,390 18,816 
Other non-current assets22,356 40,344 
Total assets$512,367 $687,327 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$21,113 $18,626 
Accrued and other current liabilities52,605 52,962 
Operating lease liabilities10,154 5,953 
Total current liabilities83,872 77,541 
Warrant liabilities1,069 3,005 
Convertible senior notes615,428 612,192 
Operating lease liabilities, non-current35,079 16,989 
Other non-current liabilities1,667 4,005 
Total liabilities737,115 713,732 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 14)
Stockholders’ deficit:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2022— — 
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 715,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 344,606,104 shares issued, 322,742,654 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2023; 291,942,087 shares issued, 270,078,637 outstanding as of December 31, 202234 29 
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 121,000,000 shares authorized, 97,088,670 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 202210 10 
Additional paid-in capital1,927,378 1,558,685 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(4,226)
Treasury stock, at cost, 21,863,450 shares as of December 31, 2023 and 2022(312,477)(312,477)
Accumulated deficit(1,839,695)(1,268,426)
Total stockholders’ deficit(224,748)(26,405)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit$512,367 $687,327 

The accompanying notes toare an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


57


Table of ContentsGORES METROPOULOS,
LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Period from August 28, 2018 (inception) to December 31, 2018

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Professional fees and other expenses

$

(20,554

)

State franchise taxes, other than income tax

(1,431

)

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss from operations

(21,985

)

Net loss

$

(21,985

)

Weighted average common shares outstanding

10,781,250

Basic and diluted

Net loss per common share:

$

(0.00

)

Basic and diluted

See

(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Revenue:
Products$45,044 $18,492 $10,118 
Services24,735 22,206 21,826 
Total revenue69,779 40,698 31,944 
Cost of sales:
Products105,236 61,985 23,484 
Services37,233 38,998 22,608 
Total cost of sales142,469 100,983 46,092 
Gross loss(72,690)(60,285)(14,148)
Operating expenses:
Research and development262,217 185,283 88,861 
Sales and marketing53,097 38,672 17,858 
General and administrative159,815 158,162 93,685 
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets15,489 — — 
Total operating expenses490,618 382,117 200,404 
Loss from operations(563,308)(442,402)(214,552)
Other income (expense), net:
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities1,936 9,222 (26,126)
Interest expense(11,048)(11,095)(2,028)
Interest income13,109 5,697 2,546 
Losses and impairments related to investments and certain other assets, and other income/(expense)(10,262)(6,689)912 
Total other income (expense), net(6,265)(2,865)(24,696)
Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes(569,573)(445,267)(239,248)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes1,696 672 (1,262)
Net loss$(571,269)$(445,939)$(237,986)
Net loss per share:
Basic and diluted$(1.47)$(1.25)$(0.69)
Shares used in computing net loss per share:
Basic and diluted389,373,659 356,265,774 346,300,975 
Comprehensive Loss:
Net loss$(571,269)$(445,939)$(237,986)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale debt securities4,228 (3,318)(942)
Comprehensive loss$(567,041)$(449,257)$(238,928)
The accompanying notes toare an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


58


Table of ContentsGORES METROPOULOS,
LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
(In thousands, except share data)
Class A
Common Stock
Class B
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Treasury StockAccumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)
SharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance as of December 31, 2020218,818,037 $22 105,118,203 $11 $733,175 $34 $— $(584,501)$148,741 
Purchases of capped call options related to the convertible senior notes— — — — (73,438)— — — (73,438)
Shares repurchased— — — — — — (235,871)— 
Issuance of Class A common stock upon exercise of Public and Private Warrants15,574,037 — — 492,219 — — — 492,221 
Issuance of Class A common stock upon exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock units5,232,744 — — — 6,176 — — — 6,176 
Retirement of unvested restricted common stock(71,894)— — — — — — — — 
Vendor payments under the stock-in-lieu of cash program291,940 — — — 10,743 — — — 10,743 
Acquisition of Optogration, Inc.370,034 — — — 6,527 — — — 6,527 
Issuance of earn-out shares10,242,703 6,970,467 (2)— — — — 
Issuance of shares for investment in Robotic Research Opco, LLC618,924 — — — 10,002 — — — 10,002 
Conversion of Class B common stock into Class A common stock15,000,000 (15,000,000)(2)— — — — — 
Stock-based compensation— — — — 70,983 — — — 70,983 
Expense related to Volvo Warrants— — — — 959 — — — 959 
Payments of employee taxes related to vested restricted stock units— — — — (140)— — — (140)
Cash received from Gores on settlement of recapitalization of escrow— — — — 10 — — — 10 
Other comprehensive loss— — — — — (942)— — (942)
Net loss— — — — — — — (237,986)(237,986)
Balance as of December 31, 2021266,076,525 27 97,088,670 10 1,257,214 (908)(235,871)(822,487)197,985 
Shares repurchased— — — — — — (76,606)— (76,606)
Issuance of Class A common stock upon exercise of Private Warrants405,752 — — — 19,003 — — — 19,003 
Issuance of Class A common stock upon exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock units9,177,748 — — 3,944 — — — 3,945 
59

Table of ContentsSTATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

For the period from August 28, 2018 (inception) to December 31, 2018

 

 

Class F common stock

 

 

Additional

Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Stockholder's

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Equity

 

Balance at August 28, 2018 (inception)

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Sale of Class F common stock to Sponsor in

   October 2018

 

 

10,781,250

 

 

 

 

1,078

 

 

 

 

23,922

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21,985

)

 

 

 

(21,985

)

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

10,781,250

 

 

$

 

1,078

 

 

$

 

23,922

 

 

$

 

(21,985

)

 

$

 

3,015

 

Class A
Common Stock
Class B
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Treasury StockAccumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)
SharesAmountSharesAmount
Issuance of Class A common stock under ESPP168,147 — — — 1,271 — — 1,271 
Retirement of unvested restricted common stock(48,298)— — — — — — — — 
Vendor payments under the stock-in-lieu of cash program9,949,385 — — 80,254 — — — 80,255 
Investment in ECARX Holdings, Inc.2,030,374 — — — 12,588 — — — 12,588 
Optogration milestone awards1,632,056 — — — 11,751 — — — 11,751 
Acquisition of Freedom Photonics LLC2,176,205 — — — 30,510 — — — 30,510 
Acquisition of certain assets from Solfice Research, Inc.374,193 — — — 3,361 — — — 3,361 
Stock-based compensation— — — — 142,519 — — — 142,519 
Payments of employee taxes related to stock-based awards— — — — (3,730)— — — (3,730)
Other comprehensive loss— — — — — (3,318)— — (3,318)
Net loss— — — — — — — (445,939)(445,939)
Balance as of December 31, 2022291,942,087 29 97,088,670 10 1,558,685 (4,226)(312,477)(1,268,426)(26,405)
Issuance of Class A common stock upon exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock units18,636,245 — — 3,054 — — — 3,056 
Issuance of Class A common stock under ESPP707,258 — — — 2,641 — — — 2,641 
Issuance of Class A common stock under Equity Financing Program9,467,996 — — 50,189 — — — 50,190 
Issuance of Class A common stock to a TPK group company3,305,784 — — — 20,000 — — — 20,000 
Issuance of Class A common stock to Plus AI1,926,471 — — — 12,141 — — — 12,141 
Vendor payments under the stock-in-lieu of cash program15,676,862 — — 75,871 — — — 75,873 
Milestone awards relating to acquisitions2,943,401 — — — 20,656 — — — 20,656 
Stock-based compensation— — — — 186,278 — — — 186,278 
Payments of employee taxes related to stock-based awards— — — — (2,137)— — — (2,137)
Other comprehensive income— — — — — 4,228 — — 4,228 
Net loss— — — — — — — (571,269)(571,269)
Balance as of December 31, 2023344,606,104 $34 97,088,670 $10 $1,927,378 $$(312,477)$(1,839,695)$(224,748)

See

The accompanying notes toare an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


60


Table of ContentsGORES METROPOULOS,
LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss$(571,269)$(445,939)$(237,986)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization26,624 6,566 4,162 
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets6,987 5,237 3,705 
Amortization of premium (discount) on marketable securities(5,929)1,288 1,792 
Loss on marketable securities7,594 — — 
Losses and impairments on non-marketable securities and certain other assets2,141 6,016 — 
Change in fair value of warrants(1,936)(9,222)26,126 
Vendor stock-in-lieu of cash program50,829 41,459 10,817 
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs3,236 3,236 — 
Inventory write-offs and write-downs19,547 12,154 2,918 
Write-off or loss on sale or disposal of property and equipment1,522 — 752 
Share-based compensation207,132 162,405 77,684 
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets15,489 — — 
Expense related to Volvo Warrants— — 959 
Product warranty2,382 2,481 1,538 
Deferred taxes(64)232 (1,262)
Other— — 305 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable(2,951)5,144 (6,233)
Inventories(22,951)(10,477)(10,751)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets11,641 (6,557)(24,340)
Other non-current assets177 (3,289)(6)
Accounts payable3,657 5,301 3,838 
Accrued and other current liabilities9,158 17,768 3,578 
Other non-current liabilities(10,320)(2,035)(6,017)
Net cash used in operating activities(247,304)(208,232)(148,421)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisition of Freedom Photonics LLC (net of cash acquired)— (2,759)— 
Acquisition of certain assets from Solfice Research, Inc.— (2,001)— 
Cash received from acquisition of Optogration, Inc.— — 358 
Acquisition of Seagate’s lidar business(12,608)— — 
Purchases of marketable securities (including $17,846 and $16,423 with related parties in 2022 and 2021, respectively, see Note 16)(301,493)(404,598)(716,933)
Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities520,286 367,367 366,857 
Proceeds from sales/redemptions of marketable securities (including $24,753 and $4,396 with related parties in 2022 and 2021, respectively, see Note 16)52,356 88,041 161,910 
Purchases of property and equipment(21,915)(15,614)(6,433)
Disposal of property and equipment— — 53 
Advances for capital projects and equipment— (2,450)— 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities236,626 27,986 (194,188)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock under the Equity Financing Program50,190 — — 
Proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock to a TPK group company20,000 — — 
Proceeds from a financing transaction6,442 — — 
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes, net of debt discounts of $15,625— — 609,375 
Purchases of capped call options— — (73,438)
Repayment of debt— — (112)
Principal payments on finance leases (capital leases prior to adoption of ASC 842)— — (289)
Proceeds from exercise of warrants— — 153,927 
61

Table of ContentsSTATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the period from August 28, 2018 (inception) to December 31, 2018

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net loss

$

(21,985

)

Changes in state franchise tax accrual

1,431

Changes in deferred offering costs associated with proposed public offering

(437,375

)

Changes in accrued expenses, formation and offering costs

335,418

Net cash used by operating activities

(122,511

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from notes and advances payable – related party

150,000

Proceeds from sale of Class F common stock to Sponsor

25,000

Net cash provided by financing activities

175,000

Increase in cash

52,489

Cash at beginning of period

Cash at end of period

$

52,489

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:

Deferred underwriting compensation

$

Offering costs included in accrued expenses

$

314,918

See
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Proceeds from exercise of stock options3,061 3,986 5,859 
Proceeds from sale of Class A common stock under ESPP2,641 1,271 — 
Payments of employee taxes related to stock-based awards(2,137)(3,730)— 
Repurchases of common stock and redemption of warrants— (80,878)(231,600)
Other financing activities— — (130)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities80,197 (79,351)463,592 
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash69,519 (259,597)120,983 
Beginning cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash71,105 330,702 209,719 
Ending cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$140,624 $71,105 $330,702 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest$7,813 $7,769 $215 
Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:
Issuance of Class A common stock upon exercise of warrants— 19,003 338,293 
Issuance of Class A common stock for investment in Plus10,000 — — 
Issuance of Class A common stock for investment in Robotic Research OpCo, LLC— — 10,002 
Issuance of Class A common stock to acquire Optogration, Inc.— — 6,527 
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations upon adoption of ASC 842— — 10,849 
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations28,447 16,749 2,876 
Purchases of property and equipment recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities826 3,870 849 
Amounts payable for shares repurchased— — 4,273 
Vendor stock-in-lieu of cash program—advances for capital projects and equipment8,551 28,402 — 
Investment in ECARX Holdings, Inc.— 12,588 — 
The accompanying notes toare an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


62


Table of ContentsGORES METROPOULOS,
LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.

Organization and Business Operations


Note 1. Organization and General

Gores Metropoulos,Description of Business

Luminar Technologies, Inc. (the(together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the “Company” or “Luminar”) wasis incorporated in DelawareDelaware. Luminar is a global automotive technology company ushering in a new era of vehicle safety and autonomy. Over the past decade, Luminar has been building from the chip-level up, its light detection and ranging sensor, or LiDAR, which is expected to meet the demanding performance, safety, reliability and cost requirements to enable next-generation safety and autonomous capabilities for passenger and commercial vehicles as well as other adjacent markets. The Company’s Class A common stock is listed on August 28, 2018. the NASDAQ under the symbol “LAZR.”
The Company was formed foris headquartered in Orlando, Florida and has personnel that conducts the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “business combination”). The Company has neither engaged in anyCompany’s operations nor generated any revenue to date. The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the business combination, but intends to focus our search for a target businessfrom various locations in the consumer productsUnited States and services industries. The Company’s Sponsor is Gores Metropoulos Sponsor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”). The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year-end.

At December 31, 2018, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from August 28, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018 relates to the Company’s formationinternationally including Germany, Sweden, Mexico, China, India and initial public offering (“Public Offering”) described below. The Company completed the Public Offering on February 5, 2019. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its business combination, at the earliest. Subsequent to the Public Offering, the Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the proceeds derived from the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants (as defined below) held in the Trust Account (as defined below).

Financing

Upon the closing of the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, an aggregate of $400,000,000 was placed in a Trust Account with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trust Account”) acting as Trustee.

The Company intends to finance a business combination with the net proceeds from its $400,000,000 Public Offering and its sale of $10,000,000 of Private Placement Warrants.

Trust Account

Funds held in the Trust Account can be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a 7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that invest only in direct U.S. government obligations. The Trust Account was not open as of December 31, 2018.

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to fund regulatory compliance requirements and other costs related thereto (a “Regulatory Withdrawal”), subject to an annual limit of $750,000 for a maximum 24 months and/or to pay franchise and income taxes, if any, none of the funds held in trust will be released until the earliest of: (i) the completion of the Business Combination; or (ii) the redemption of any public shares of common stock properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of such public shares of common stock if the Company does not complete the Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date; or (iii) the redemption of 100% of the public shares of common stock if the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, subject to the requirements of law and stock exchange rules.

Israel.

Business combination

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Public Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Public Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating a business combination. The business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest income earned) at the time of the Company signing a definitive agreement in connection with the business combination. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a business combination.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for a business combination, will either (i) seek stockholder approval of the business combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which stockholders may seek to redeem their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the business combination, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the business combination, including interest income but less taxes payable, or (ii) provide stockholders with the opportunity to sell their shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount in cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the business combination, including interest income but less taxes payable. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of the business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require the Company to seek stockholder approval, unless a vote is required by law or under NASDAQ rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval, it will complete its business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination. Currently, the Company will not redeem its public shares of Common Stock in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. In such case, the Company would not proceed with the redemption of its public shares of Common Stock and the related business combination, and instead may search for an alternate business combination.

As a result of the foregoing redemption provisions, the public shares of Common Stock will be recorded at redemption amount and classified as temporary equity, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic  480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity” (“ASC 480”) in subsequent periods.

The Company will have 24 months from the IPO Closing Date to complete its business combination. If the Company does not complete a business combination within this period of time, it shall (i) cease all operations except for the purposes of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible, but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares of  Common Stock for a per share pro rata portion of the Trust Account, including interest income, but less taxes payable (less up to $100,000 of such net interest income to pay dissolution expenses) and (iii) as promptly as possible following such redemption, dissolve and liquidate the balance of the Company’s net assets to its remaining stockholders, as part of its plan of dissolution and liquidation. The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they waived their rights to participate in any redemption with respect to their Founder Shares (as defined below); however, if the Sponsor or any of the Company’s officers, directors or affiliates acquire public shares of Common Stock, they will be entitled to a pro rata share of the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a business combination within the required time period.

In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be less than the initial public offering price per Unit in the Public Offering.

Emerging Growth Company

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the


Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard.

2.

Significant Accounting Policies

Note 2. Basis of Presentation

and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosureapplicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), regarding annual financial reporting. All intercompany transactions and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are,balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior period amounts in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of theconsolidated financial position as of December 31, 2018statements and the results of operations and cash flows for the period presented.

Net Loss Per Common Share

Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plusaccompanying notes have been reclassified to conform to the extent dilutive the incremental number of shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the conversion of Class F common stock or to settle warrants, as calculated using the treasury stock method. At December 31, 2018, the Company did not have any dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into Common Stock and then share in the earnings of the Company under the treasury stock method. As a result, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for the period.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution as well as the Trust Account, which at times, may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts.

Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic  820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheet.

Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of the Accounting Standards Codification (the “ASC”) 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A — “Expenses of Offering.” Offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees incurred through the balance sheet date that are related to our Public Offering and were charged to stockholder’s equity upon the completion of our Public Offering. Accordingly, at December 31, 2018, offering costs totaling approximately $437,375 have been deferred, but have not been charged to stockholder's equity as the Public Offering had not closed.

current period presentation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company’s management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts ofequity, revenues and expenses, during the reporting period.and related disclosures. The significant estimates made by management include inventory reserves, useful life of long-lived assets, valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, valuation of warrants issued in a private placement (“Private Warrants”), valuation of assets acquired in mergers and acquisitions including intangible assets, forecasted costs associated with non-recurring engineering (“NRE”) services and stock-based compensation expense. Management periodically evaluates such estimates and they are adjusted prospectively based upon such periodic evaluation. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


Segment Information

Income Taxes

The Company followshas determined its operating segments using the same indicators which are used to evaluate its performance internally. The Company’s business activities are organized in two operating segments:
(i) “Autonomy Solutions” which includes manufacturing and distribution of LiDAR sensors that measure distance using laser light to generate a 3D map, non-recurring engineering services related to the Company’s LiDAR products, development of software products that enable autonomy capabilities for automotive applications, and licensing of certain information. In January 2023, the Company acquired certain assets from Seagate Technology LLC and Seagate Singapore International Headquarters Pte. Ltd. (individually and collectively, “Seagate”). In June 2022, the Company acquired certain assets from Solfice Research, Inc. (“Solfice” or “Civil Maps”). Assets purchased from Seagate and operations of Civil Maps have been included in the Autonomy Solutions segment.
(ii) “Advanced Technologies and Services (“ATS”)” which includes development of application-specific integrated circuits, pixel-based sensors, advanced lasers, as well as designing, testing and providing consulting services for non-standard integrated circuits. In the second quarter of 2022, the Components segment was renamed as ATS. In August 2021 and in April 2022, the Company acquired Optogration, Inc. (“Optogration”) and Freedom Photonics LLC (“Freedom Photonics”), respectively. Operations of Optogration and Freedom Photonics have been included in the ATS segment.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, debt securities and accounts receivable. The Company’s deposits exceed federally insured limits. Cash held by the foreign subsidiaries of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 was not material.
The Company’s revenue is derived from customers located in the United States and international markets. One customer, customer A accounted for 71% of the Company’s accounts receivable as of December 31, 2023. Three customers, customers A, B and D accounted for 27%, 23% and 11%, respectively, of the Company’s accounts receivable as of December 31, 2022.
63

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company’s cash and cash equivalents consist of investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase. The Company’s cash equivalents include investments in money market funds, corporate bonds and commercial paper.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash consists of funds that are contractually restricted as to usage or withdrawal due to legal agreements. The Company determines current or non-current classification of restricted cash based on the expected duration of the restriction.
Debt Securities
The Company’s debt securities consist of U.S agency and government sponsored securities, U.S. treasury securities, corporate bonds, commercial paper and asset-backed securities. The Company classifies its debt securities as available-for-sale at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date. The Company considers all debt securities as available for use to support current operations, including those with maturity dates beyond one year and are classified as current assets under marketable securities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Debt securities included in marketable securities on the consolidated balance sheets consist of securities with original maturities greater than three months at the time of purchase. Debt securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”). Any realized gains or losses on the sale of debt securities are determined on a specific identification method, and such gains and losses are reflected as a component of other income (expense), net.
The Company reviews the fair value of debt securities and when the fair value of a debt security is below its amortized cost, the amortized cost should be written down to its fair value if (i) it is more likely than not that management will be required to sell the impaired security before recovery of its amortized basis; or (ii) management has the intention to sell the security. If neither of these conditions are met, the Company must determine whether the impairment is due to credit losses. To determine the amount of credit losses, the Company compares the present value of the expected cash flows of the security, derived by taking into account the issuer’s credit ratings and remaining payment terms, with its amortized cost basis. The amount of impairment recognized is limited to the excess of the amortized cost over the fair value of the security. An allowance for credit losses for the excess of amortized cost over the expected cash flows is recorded in other income (expense), net on the consolidated statements of operations. Non-credit related impairment losses are recorded in OCI.
Marketable Equity Investments
Marketable equity investments are measured using the quoted prices in active markets with changes recorded in other income (expense), net on the consolidated statement of operations.
Non-Marketable Equity Investments Measured Using the Measurement Alternative
The Company holds a non-marketable equity investment in a privately held company in which the Company does not own a controlling interest or have significant influence. The investment does not have a readily determinable fair value and the Company has elected the measurement alternative, and consequently, measures the investment at cost less any impairment, adjusted to fair value, if there are observable price changes for an identical or similar investment of the same issuer.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivables are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company reviews the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts quarterly based on historical experience with each customer and the specifics of each customer arrangement. The Company did not have material write-offs in any period presented, and as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the allowance for doubtful accounts was not material.
Inventory
The Company values inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Costs resulting from under utilized capacity are recorded as period expenses and not absorbed into inventory value. The Company determines the cost of inventory using the standard-cost method, which approximates actual costs based on a first-in, first-out method. In assessing the ultimate recoverability of inventory, the Company makes estimates regarding future customer demand, the timing of new product introductions, economic trends and market conditions. If the actual product demand is significantly lower than forecasted, the Company may be required to record inventory write-downs which would be charged to cost of sales.
64

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
Asset CategoryEstimated useful lives
Machinery and equipment1 to 7 years
Computer hardware and software3 to 5 years
Demonstration fleet and demonstration units2 to 5 years
Leasehold improvementsShorter of useful life or lease term
Vehicles5 years
Furniture and fixtures7 years
Design and development costs for molds, dies and other tools that will be used in producing the products under a long-term supply arrangement are capitalized as tooling which are included in machinery and equipment. The Company estimates useful lives for these tooling items to range between one to three years. The amount capitalized for tooling as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 was not material. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements and betterments are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the period realized.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets, consisting of acquired developed technology, customer relationships, customer backlog, assembled workforce, in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) and tradename are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. All intangible assets have been determined to have definite lives and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining economic lives, ranging from one to ten years. Amortization expense related to developed technology is included in cost of sales. Amortization expense related to customer relationships is included in sales and marketing expense. Amortization expense related to tradename is included in general and administrative expense. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable. IPR&D is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the IPR&D intangible asset might be impaired.
Goodwill
The Company records goodwill when the consideration paid in a business combination exceeds the fair value of the net tangible assets and the identified intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is required to be tested for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of goodwill may exceed its fair value.
The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually in its fourth quarter by initially considering qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill, as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative analysis. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative analysis is performed to identify goodwill impairment.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When such an event occurs, management determines whether there has been impairment by comparing the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows to the related asset group’s carrying value. If an asset is considered impaired, the asset is written down to fair value, which is determined based either on discounted cash flows or appraised value, depending on the nature of the asset. There was no impairment experienced of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2023 or 2022.
65

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Convertible Senior Notes
The Company’s convertible senior notes issued in December 2021 are accounted for as a single liability instrument measured at its amortized cost, as no other embedded features require bifurcation and recognition as derivatives.
Product Warranties
Estimated future warranty costs are accrued and charged to cost of sales in the period that the related revenue is recognized. These estimates are based on historical warranty experience and any known or expected changes in warranty exposure, such as trends of product reliability and costs of repairing and replacing defective products. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the said estimates as necessary.
Revenue Recognition
Under ASC 606, the Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:
Identifying the contract, or contracts, with the customer; 
Identifying the performance obligations in the contract;
Determining the transaction price;
Allocating the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and
Recognizing revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies performance obligations by transferring the promised goods or services.
Nature of Products and Services and Revenue Recognition
The Autonomy Solutions segment derives revenue primarily from (a) product sales of LiDAR sensors to customers and distributors, (b) non-recurring engineering services under fixed fee arrangements (“NRE services”) to integrate Luminar LiDAR hardware for autonomy in vehicle platforms, and (c) licensing of certain information.
The ATS segment derives revenue primarily from (a) product sales of application-specific integrated circuits, pixel-based sensors and advanced lasers, as well as (b) NRE services for designing and testing non-standard integrated circuits.
Revenue from product sales is recognized at a point in time when control of the goods is transferred to the customer, generally occurring upon shipment or delivery dependent upon the terms of the underlying contract. Certain customer arrangements involve NRE services to design and develop custom prototype products to customers. Revenue from NRE service arrangements is recognized over time.
For NRE services, the Company recognizes revenue over time using an input method based on contract cost incurred to date compared to total estimated contract costs (cost-to-cost). For NRE service projects, the Company contracts with customers based on hourly rates or on a fixed fee basis. For arrangements based on hourly rates, revenue is recognized as services are performed and amounts are earned in accordance with the terms of a contract at estimated collectible amounts. For arrangements based on a fixed fee, revenue is recognized based on the progress or the percentage of completion of the NRE service project. Expenses associated with performance of work may be reimbursed with a markup depending on contractual terms and are included in revenue.
Contract costs related to NRE arrangements are incurred over time, which can be several years, and the estimation of these costs requires management’s judgment. Significant judgment is required when estimating total contract costs and progress to completion on the arrangements, as well as whether a loss is expected to be incurred on the contract. In estimating total contract costs, the Company is also required to estimate the effort expected to be incurred to complete a NRE project. These estimates are subject to significant estimation uncertainty as actual time and effort incurred on completing a NRE project or actual rates of either internal or contracted personnel working on such NRE projects may differ from the Company’s estimates. Changes in circumstances may change the original estimates of revenues, costs, or extent of progress toward completion, revisions to the estimates are made which may result in increases or decreases in estimated revenues or costs, and such revisions are reflected in income in the period in which the circumstances that gave rise to the revision become known to us. We perform ongoing profitability analysis of our contracts accounted for under this method to determine whether the latest estimates of revenues, costs, and profits require updating. If at any time these estimates indicate that the contract will be unprofitable, the entire estimated loss for the remainder of the contract is recorded immediately.
The Company enters into term-based licenses that provide customers the right to use certain information available with the Company. Revenue from these licenses is recognized at the point in time at which the customer is able to use and benefit
66

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
from the licensed information, which is generally upon delivery of the information to the customer or upon commencement of the renewal term.
Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling are included in revenue. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from revenue on the net basis of accounting.
Arrangements with Multiple Performance Obligations
When a contract involves multiple performance obligations, the Company accounts for individual products and services separately if the customer can benefit from the product or service on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer and the product or service is separately identifiable from other promises in the arrangement. The consideration is allocated between separate performance obligations in proportion to their estimated standalone selling price. The transactions to which the Company had to estimate standalone selling prices and allocate the arrangement consideration to multiple performance obligations were immaterial.
The Company provides standard product warranties for a term of typically up to one year to ensure that its products comply with agreed-upon specifications. Standard warranties are considered to be assurance type warranties and are not accounted for as separate performance obligations. See Product Warranties for accounting policy on standard warranties.
Other Policies, Judgments and Practical Expedients
Contract balances.  Contract assets and liabilities represent the differences in the timing of revenue recognition from the receipt of cash from the Company’s customers and billings. Contract assets reflect revenue recognized and performance obligations satisfied in advance of customer billing. Contract liabilities relate to payments received in advance of the satisfaction of performance under the contract. Receivable represents right to consideration that is unconditional. Such rights are considered unconditional if only the passage of time is required before payment of that consideration is due.
Remaining performance obligations.  Revenue allocated to remaining performance obligations represents the transaction price allocated to the performance obligations that are unsatisfied, or partially unsatisfied. It includes unearned revenue and amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods and does not include contracts where the customer is not committed. The customer is not considered committed where they are able to terminate for convenience without payment of a substantive penalty under the contract. The Company has elected the optional exemption, which allows for the exclusion of the amounts for remaining performance obligations that are part of contracts with an original expected duration of one year or less.
Significant financing component. In certain arrangements, the Company receives payment from a customer either before or after the performance obligation has been satisfied. Typically, the expected timing difference between the payment and satisfaction of performance obligations is one year or less; therefore, the Company applies a practical expedient and does not consider the effects of the time value of money. The Company’s contracts with customer prepayment terms do not include a significant financing component because the primary purpose is not to receive or provide financing from or to the customers.
Contract modifications. The Company may modify contracts to offer customers additional products or services. Each of the additional products and services are generally considered distinct from those products or services transferred to the customer before the modification. The Company evaluates whether the contract price for the additional products and services reflects the standalone selling price as adjusted for facts and circumstances applicable to that contract. In these cases, the Company accounts for the additional products or services as a separate contract. In other cases where the pricing in the modification does not reflect the standalone selling price as adjusted for facts and circumstances applicable to that contract, the Company accounts on a prospective basis where the remaining goods and services are distinct from the original items and on a cumulative catch-up basis when the remaining goods and services are not distinct from the original items.
Judgments and estimates. Accounting for contracts recognized over time involves the use of various techniques to estimate total contract revenue and costs. Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that estimates of costs to complete a performance obligation will be revised in the near term. The Company reviews and updates its contract-related estimates regularly, and records adjustments as needed. For those performance obligations for which revenue is recognized using a cost-to-cost input method, changes in total estimated costs, and related progress towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligation, are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions to the estimates are made.
Cost of Sales
The Company includes all manufacturing and sourcing costs incurred prior to the receipt of finished goods at its distribution facility in cost of sales. Cost of sales include the fixed and variable manufacturing cost of the Company’s LiDAR,
67

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
which primarily consists of personnel-related costs including stock-based compensation for personnel engaged in manufacturing, assembly and related services, material purchases from third-party contract manufacturers and other suppliers which are directly associated with our manufacturing process as well as costs associated with excess capacity. Cost of sales also includes cost of providing services to customers, write downs for excess and obsolete inventory, and shipping costs.
Research and Development (R&D)
R&D expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, consulting and contractor expenses, tooling and prototype materials to the extent no future benefit is expected and allocated overhead costs. Substantially all of the Company’s R&D expenses are related to developing new products and services, improving existing products and services, and developing manufacturing processes. R&D expenses are expensed as incurred.
Design and development costs for products to be sold under long-term supply arrangements are expensed as incurred. Design and development costs for molds, dies, and other tools involved in new technologies are expensed as incurred. Design and development costs for molds, dies, and other tools that will be used in producing the products under a long-term supply arrangement are capitalized as part of the molds, dies, and other tools.
Stock-based Compensation
Employee awards
For equity classified awards, the Company measures the cost of share-based awards granted to employees, non-employees and directors based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. The grant-date fair value of the stock options is calculated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The grant-date fair value of purchase rights under the Company’s 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) is calculated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The grant-date fair value of restricted stock is calculated based on the fair value of the underlying common stock less cash proceeds paid by the recipient to acquire the restricted stock, if any. The grant-date fair value of restricted stock unit is calculated based on the fair value of the underlying common stock. The grant-date fair value of stock-based awards with market conditions is calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The fair value of the stock-based compensation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. The Company has elected to recognize the effect of forfeitures in the period they occur.
The Company grants fixed value share-based awards to certain employees, wherein the awardee is entitled to a fixed dollar value compensation settled by issuing shares on the vesting date, with the number of shares determined based on the Company’s stock price on or close to the settlement date. These fixed value equity awards are considered as liability classified awards. The Company measures the cost of fixed value share-based awards granted to employees based on a fixed monetary amount that is known at the inception of the obligation. The Company records the compensation cost for the fixed dollar amount of the award over the vesting period, with a corresponding liability.
Stock-based payments to vendors / non-employees
The Company has entered into arrangements with certain vendors and other third parties wherein the Company at its discretion may elect to compensate the respective vendors for services provided in either cash or by issuing shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (“Stock-in-lieu of Cash Program”). Typically, the amounts owed under the Stock-in-lieu of Cash Program are settled by issuing shares, with the number of shares generally determined based on the Company’s stock price on or close to the settlement date. Payments owed under this program may be equity or liability classified depending upon fixed or variable number of shares issued for the amount owed to vendors. The Company measures the cost based on a fixed monetary amount that is known at the inception of the obligation.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of accountingdeferred tax assets and liabilities for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferredthe expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized fordetermined on the estimated future tax consequences attributable tobasis of the differences between the financial statements carrying amountsstatement and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measuredby using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in effect for the yearsyear in which those temporarythe differences are expected to be recovered or settled.reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

For those liabilities or benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as income tax expense. At December 31, 2018, management has not identified any uncertain tax positionsextent that these assets are not more likely than not to be sustained.  

realized. In making such a determination, all available positive and negative evidence are considered, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If it is

68

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
determined that deferred tax assets would be realized in the future, in excess of their net recorded amount, an adjustment would be made to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.
The Company mayrecords uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, on the basis of a two-step process which includes (1) determining whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be subjectsustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position, and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to potential examination by U.S. federal, states or foreign jurisdiction authoritiesbe realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on the income tax expense line in the areasaccompanying consolidated statement of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheet.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) subjects a U.S. shareholder to tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. Under GAAP, the Company can make an accounting policy election to either treat taxes due on the GILTI inclusion as a current period expense or factor such amounts into the Company’s measurement of deferred taxes. The Company elected to treat the GILTI inclusion as a period expense.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective
In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (“ASU 2023-09”). ASU 2023-09 requires a public company to enhance the transparency and decision usefulness of income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioningtax disclosures to provide information to better assess how an entity’s operations and related tax risks and tax planning and operational opportunities affect its tax rate and prospects for future cash flows. ASU 2023-09 will be effective for the timing and amount of deductions,Company for the nexus of income amounts various tax jurisdictions and complianceannual period beginning January 1, 2025 with U.S. federal, states or foreign tax laws.

early adoption permitted. The Company is incorporatedcurrently in the Stateprocess of Delaware and is required to pay franchise taxes toevaluating the Stateeffects of Delaware on an annual basis.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company continually monitors its positions with and the credit quality of the financial institutions with which it invests. Periodically, the Company may maintain balances in various operating accounts in excess of federally insured limits.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effectthis pronouncement on the Company’s financial statements basedand does not expect it to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (“ASU 2023-07”). ASU 2023-07 requires a public company to enhance disclosures about significant segment expenses and provide incremental segment information on an annual and interim basis to enable investors to develop more decision-useful financial analyses. ASU 2023-07 will be effective for the Company for fiscal year beginning January 1, 2024, and interim periods within fiscal year beginning January 1, 2025, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the effects of this pronouncement on the Company’s financial statements and does not expect it to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
Note 3. Business Combinations
Acquisition of Seagate’s LiDAR Business
On January 18, 2023, the Company acquired certain assets (including intellectual property (“IP”), equipment and other assets) and employees from Seagate Technology LLC and its affiliates (together “Seagate”). The Company simultaneously licensed IP from Seagate. The aggregate purchase price of $12.6 million for the said acquired assets and the license was paid in cash.The acquired assets and employees comprised Seagate’s LiDAR development operations and have been combined into the Company’s research and development team. This transaction has been accounted for as a business combination.
Recording of Assets Acquired
Price allocation includes estimates of fair value of certain working capital and deferred tax balances. During the second quarter ended June 30, 2023, the Company finalized its determination relating to the fair value of assets acquired from Seagate. The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation to assets acquired (in thousands):
Recorded Value
Property plant and equipment$3,163 
Developed Technology (1)8,240 
Goodwill (2)1,063 
Other assets142 
Net assets acquired$12,608 
69

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1)Technology and IP Licenses were measured using the cost approach. Significant inputs used as part of the valuation of intangible assets include personnel costs, overhead costs, developer’s profit, and expected time to reproduce.
(2)Goodwill is the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the expected future economic benefits as a result of other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is not amortized. The factors that made up the goodwill recognized included workforce and expected synergies derived from the technology application to the Company’s current operationstechnological platforms. The entire amount of goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes and is allocated to the Autonomy Solutions segment, which is also deemed the reporting unit.
Identifiable intangible assets recognized (in thousands):
Useful LifeRecorded Value
Developed technology4 — 6 years$8,240 
The acquired business did not contribute distinct revenues but added additional operating expenses primarily related to personnel-related costs of the hired team of former Seagate employees and related facilities costs in the period from January 18, 2023 to December 31, 2023. Such operating expenses were not material to the operating results of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Freedom Photonics Acquisition
On April 13, 2022 (the “Acquisition Date”), the Company completed its acquisition of Freedom Photonics, a designer and manufacturer of high-performance lasers and related photonic products. The Freedom Photonics acquisition is expected to help the Company secure intellectual property and the supply of a key enabling component as part of the Company’s vertical integration strategy.
Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement between the Company and Freedom Photonics, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding units of capital of Freedom Photonics for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $34.6 million payable primarily in Class A common stock of the Company. The impactpurchase price includes a $0.4 million adjustment to the preliminary estimates of any recentlyworking capital. In conjunction with the acquisition, the Company issued accounting standards willshare-based compensation awards to certain employees and selling equity holders of Freedom Photonics, which may result in future stock-based compensation expense, subject to achievement of certain service and performance conditions, including certain technical and financial milestones. These post-combination shared-based awards were determined to be re-evaluated on a regular basis or if a business combination is completed wherecompensatory in nature and consequently are being expensed over the impact could be material.

vesting period of these awards. The results of operations related to Freedom Photonics are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations beginning from the Acquisition Date. As part of the transaction, the Company incurred $1.4 million of acquisition-related costs, which were expensed and included in general and administrative expenses in the periods in which the costs were incurred.
70

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Recording of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identification of measurement period adjustments (in thousands):

3.

Recorded Value
Cash and cash equivalents

Public Offering

$1,063 
Accounts receivable3,311 
Contract asset1,913 
Inventories, net127 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets70 
Property and equipment1,353 
Operating lease right-of-use assets449 
Other non-current assets22 
Intangible assets (1)15,600 
Goodwill (2)15,885 
Total assets acquired39,793 
Current and non-current liabilities(5,158)
Total liabilities assumed(5,158)
Net assets acquired$34,635 

Public Units

On February 5, 2019,

(1) Tradename was measured using the Company sold 40,000,000 units at a pricerelief-from-royalty method. The remaining identifiable intangible assets were measured using the income approach. Significant inputs used as part of $10.00 per unit (the “Units”), including 2,500,000 Unitsthe valuation of intangible assets include revenue forecasts, present value factors, expected product margins and costs to complete the IPR&D.
(2) Goodwill is the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the expected future economic benefits as a result of other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is not amortized. The factors that made up goodwill recognized included assembled workforce and component cost savings. The entire amount of goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes and is allocated to the underwriter’s partialATS segment, which is also deemed the reporting unit. In the fourth quarter of 2023, $12.5 million of the goodwill recorded above in the ATS segment was impaired. See Note 6 for additional information.
Identifiable intangible assets recognized (in thousands):
Useful LifeRecorded Value
Customer backlog2 years$650 
Customer relationships4 years2,950 
Developed technology8 years4,000 
IPR&D (1)7,500 
Tradename4 years500 
Total intangible assets$15,600 
(1) IPR&D intangibles are treated as indefinite-lived until the completion or abandonment of the associated R&D
project, at which time the appropriate useful lives will be determined. In the fourth quarter of 2023, $3.0 million of the IPR&D relating to the Freedom Photonics acquisition recognized above was impaired. See Note 6 for additional information.
71

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Unaudited Pro Forma Information
The following unaudited pro forma financial information summarizes the combined results of operations for the Company and Freedom Photonics as if the companies were combined as of the beginning of fiscal year 2021. The unaudited pro forma information includes adjustments to amortization and depreciation for intangible assets and property and equipment acquired, the purchase accounting effect on transaction costs, and stock-based compensation expense.
The table below reflects the impact of adjustments to the unaudited pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2022 that are directly attributable to the acquisition (in thousands):
December 31, 2022
(Unaudited)
Decrease to expenses as a result of transaction costs$(2,582)
Increase to expenses as a result of stock-based compensation expense4,119 
The unaudited pro forma information presented below is for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of our consolidated results of operations of the combined business had the acquisition actually occurred at the beginning of fiscal year 2021 or the results of our future operations of the combined businesses (in thousands).
December 31, 2022
(Unaudited)
Revenue$46,422 
Net loss(447,736)
Solfice Assets Acquisition
On June 15, 2022, the Company completed its acquisition from Solfice of certain assets for an aggregate consideration of $6.3 million, payable in Class A common stock of the Company, that are expected to advance Luminar’s mapping software development capabilities. The transaction was determined to be an asset acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations, with substantially all of the fair value attributable to acquired technology.
Optogration Acquisition
On August 3, 2021, (the “Optogration Acquisition Date”) the Company completed its acquisition of Optogration. The Optogration acquisition helps the Company secure intellectual property and supply of Indium Gallium Arsenide (“InGaAs”) photodetector semiconductor chips, which are used to convert optical power into an electrical current. The acquisition of Optogration is part of the Company’s vertical integration strategy, which helps to secure the supply of a key component of its sensor technology.
Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement between the Company and Optogration, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Optogration for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $6.3 million payable in Class A common stock of the Company. Subsequent to the Optogration Acquisition Date, up to $22.0 million of post combination share-based awards may be payable to certain selling shareholders of Optogration, subject to certain service and performance conditions. These post combination shared-based awards were determined to be compensatory in nature and consequently are being expensed over the vesting period of these awards. In August 2022, the Company issued 1,632,056 shares of Class A common stock for $11.0 million of the Optogration Milestone Awards due to achievement of the service and performance conditions. As of December 31, 2023, it is probable that the service and performance conditions for the remaining $11.0 million obligation will be met.
The results of operations related to Optogration are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations beginning from the Optogration Acquisition Date. The impact of the acquisition on the consolidated financial results of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2022 was not material.
Recording of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
Estimates of fair value included in the consolidated financial statements, in conformity with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, represent the Company’s best estimates and valuations. In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, the allocation of the consideration value is subject to adjustment until the Company has completed its analysis, but not to exceed one year after the Optogration Acquisition Date to provide the Company with the time to complete the valuation of its assets and liabilities.
72

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Settlement of a pre-existing agreement with Optogration
Prior to the acquisition, the Company had contracted with Optogration as a supplier. In assessing whether said pre-existing supply contract was at market, favorable or unfavorable from the Company’s perspective, the Company assessed whether the terms of the supply contract, including pricing, were consistent with what the Company would have required from another company that would have contracted for similar products and production volumes. The Company concluded that the supply agreement was at market, and thus no gain or loss was recognized upon effective settlement of the pre-existing supply agreement.
The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identification of measurement period adjustments:
Recorded Value
Cash and cash equivalents$358 
Accounts receivable810 
Other current assets482 
Property and equipment1,248 
Other non-current assets384 
Intangible assets (1)2,650 
Goodwill (2)2,244 
     Total assets acquired8,176 
Current Liabilities(488)
Non-current liabilities(1,346)
     Total liabilities assumed(1,834)
      Net assets acquired$6,342 
(1) Identifiable intangible assets were measured using the income approach.
(2) Goodwill is the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the expected future economic benefits as a result of other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is not amortized. The factors that made up the goodwill recognized included assembled workforce and component cost savings. Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
Identifiable intangible assets recognized:
Useful LifeRecorded Value
Customer relationships10 years$780 
Tradename≤ 1 year120 
Developed technology10 years1,750 
Total intangible assets$2,650 
73

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 4. Revenue
The Company’s revenue is comprised of sales of LiDAR sensors hardware, components, NRE services and licensing of certain information available with the Company.
Disaggregation of Revenues
The Company disaggregates its revenue from contracts with customers by (1) geographic region based on customer’s billed to location, and (2) type of good or service and timing of transfer of goods or services to customers (point-in-time or over time), as it believes it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of its revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. Total revenue based on the disaggregation criteria described above, as well as revenue by segment, are as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Revenue% of RevenueRevenue% of RevenueRevenue% of Revenue
Revenue by primary geographical market:
North America$64,083 92 %$35,032 86 %$23,043 72 %
Asia Pacific1,178 %3,703 %2,502 %
Europe and Middle East4,518 %1,963 %6,399 20 %
Total$69,779 100 %$40,698 100 %$31,944 100 %
Revenue by timing of recognition:
Recognized at a point in time$45,049 65 %$17,595 43 %$8,892 28 %
Recognized over time24,730 35 %23,103 57 %23,052 72 %
Total$69,779 100 %$40,698 100 %$31,944 100 %
Revenue by segment:
Autonomy Solutions$48,835 70 %$24,353 60 %$28,497 89 %
ATS20,944 30 %16,345 40 %3,447 11 %
Total$69,779 100 %$40,698 100 %$31,944 100 %
Volvo Stock Purchase Warrant
The Company had previously issued certain stock purchase warrants (“Volvo Warrants”) to Volvo Car Technology Fund AB (“VCTF”) in connection with an engineering services contract. The Volvo Warrants vest and become exercisable in two tranches based on satisfaction of certain commercial milestones. The fair value of the first tranche of the Volvo Warrants was recorded as a reduction in revenue in 2021. The second tranche of the Volvo warrants will be recorded as reduction in revenue upon achievement of sales of a certain number of the Company’s sensors to Volvo for use in their commercial vehicles, which had not commenced as of the end of December 31, 2023.
Contract assets and liabilities
Changes in the Company’s contract assets and contract liabilities primarily result from the timing difference between the Company’s performance and the customer’s payment based on contractual terms. Contract assets primarily represent revenues recognized for performance obligations that have been satisfied but for which amounts have not been billed. Contract liabilities consist of the Company’s obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Company has received consideration from the customer. Customer advanced payments represent required customer payments in advance of product shipments. Customer advance payments are recognized in revenue as or when control of the performance obligation is transferred to the customer.
The opening and closing balances of contract assets were as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
 20232022
Contract assets, current$14,132 $15,395 
Contract assets, non-current2,471 2,575 
Ending balance$16,603 $17,970 
74

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The significant changes in contract assets balances consisted of the following (in thousands): 
 December 31,
 20232022
Beginning balance$17,970 $9,907 
Amounts billed that were included in the contract assets beginning balance(10,965)(4,228)
Revenue recognized for performance obligations that have been satisfied but for which amounts have not been billed9,598 12,291 
Ending balance$16,603 $17,970 
The opening and closing balances of contract liabilities were as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
 20232022
Contract liabilities, current$3,127 $1,993 
Contract liabilities, non-current805 1,015 
Ending balance$3,932 $3,008 
The significant changes in contract liabilities balances consisted of the following (in thousands): 
 December 31,
 20232022
Beginning balance$3,008 $898 
Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liabilities beginning balance(2,125)(489)
Increase due to cash received and not recognized as revenue and billings in excess of revenue recognized during the period3,049 2,599 
Ending balance$3,932 $3,008 
Remaining Performance Obligations
Revenue allocated to remaining performance obligations was $10.1 million as of December 31, 2023 and includes amounts within contract liabilities. The Company expects to recognize approximately 92% of this revenue over the next 12 months and the remainder thereafter.
75

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 5. Investments
Debt Securities
The Company’s investments in debt securities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):
December 31, 2023
 CostGross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
U.S. treasury securities$86,764 $20 $— $86,784 
U.S. agency and government sponsored securities2,732 — — 2,732 
Commercial paper10,144 — — 10,144 
Corporate bonds44,924 (27)44,906 
Total debt securities$144,564 $29 $(27)$144,566 
Included in cash and cash equivalents$1,595 $— $(1)$1,594 
Included in marketable securities$142,969 $29 $(26)$142,972 
December 31, 2022
 CostGross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
U.S. treasury securities$191,075 $$(2,598)$188,480 
U.S. agency and government sponsored securities4,999 — (75)4,924 
Commercial paper74,755 — (232)74,523 
Corporate bonds111,123 — (1,214)109,909 
Asset-backed securities11,945 — (110)11,835 
Total debt securities$393,897 $$(4,229)$389,671 
Included in marketable securities$393,897 $$(4,229)$389,671 
The following table presents the gross unrealized losses and the fair value for those debt securities that were in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueGross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
U.S. treasury securities$— $— $(2,598)$158,888 
U.S. agency and government sponsored securities— 741 (75)4,924 
Commercial paper— — (232)74,523 
Corporate bonds(27)30,621 (1,214)109,909 
Asset-backed securities— — (110)11,835 
Total$(27)$31,362 $(4,229)$360,079 

76

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Equity Investments
The Company’s equity investments consisted of the following as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):
December 31,
Consolidated Balance Sheets Location20232022
Money market funds(1)
Cash and cash equivalents$101,842 $42,056 
Marketable equity investments(1)
Marketable securities7,755 29,643 
Investment in non-marketable securities(2)
Other non-current assets10,000 — 
Non-marketable equity investment measured using the measurement alternative(2)
Other non-current assets4,000 4,000 
$123,597 $75,699 
(1)    Investments with readily determinable fair values.
(2)    Investment in privately held company without readily determinable fair value.
In December 2021, the Company made an investment in 1,495 Class A Preferred Units of Robotic Research OpCo, LLC (“Robotic Research”) for consideration of $10.0 million, which was settled by issuing 618,924 shares of Class A common stock of the Company. The Company’s investment in Robotic Research represents less than 5% of Robotic Research’s capitalization. The Company neither has a significant influence over Robotic Research nor does its investment amount to a controlling financial interest in Robotic Research. As such, the Company measured the initial investment in Robotic Research at cost as provided under the guidance for measurement of equity investment using the measurement alternative. In the fourth quarter of 2022, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $6.0 million related to the investment in Robotic Research.
In December 2022, the Company made an investment in 1,500,000 Class A ordinary shares of ECARX Holdings Inc., (“ECARX”) for consideration of $15.0 million, which was settled by issuing 2,030,374 shares of Class A common stock of the Company. The Company’s investment in ECARX represents less than 5% of ECARX’s capitalization. The Company neither has a significant influence over ECARX nor does its investment amount to a controlling financial interest in ECARX. The Company measured the investment in ECARX using the quoted prices in active markets with changes recorded in other income (expense), net on the consolidated statement of operations. Jun Hong Heng is a director of ECARX. Mr. Heng is also a director of Luminar.
In August 2023, the Company made an investment in a Simple Agreement for Future Equity (“SAFE”) of Plus Automation, Inc. (“Plus”) for consideration of $10.0 million, towards which the Company initially issued 1,490,313 shares of Class A common stock of the Company. In September 2023, the Company settled the consideration owed by issuing an additional 436,158 shares of Class A common stock. The Company’s investment in Plus represents less than 5% of Plus’s capitalization. The Company neither has a significant influence over Plus nor does its investment amount to a controlling financial interest in Plus.
77

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 6. Financial Statement Components
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following (in thousands):
 December 31,
 20232022
Cash$35,659 $27,496 
Money market funds101,842 42,056 
Commercial paper497 — 
Corporate bonds1,097 — 
Total cash and cash equivalents$139,095 $69,552 
Inventory
Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):
 December 31,
 20232022
Raw materials$5,614 $3,614 
Work-in-process2,521 2,329 
Finished goods4,061 2,849 
Total inventory$12,196 $8,792 
The Company’s inventory write-downs were $19.5 million, $12.2 million and $2.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The write-downs were primarily due to obsolescence charges as a result of change in product design, lower of cost or market assessment, yield losses, and other adjustments.
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
 December 31,
 20232022
Prepaid expenses$12,434 $15,653 
Contract assets14,132 15,395 
Advance payments to vendors3,038 7,919 
Other receivables3,346 5,236 
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets$32,950 $44,203 
78

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):
 December 31,
 20232022
Machinery and equipment$58,815 $14,047 
Computer hardware and software7,025 6,797 
Land1,001 1,001 
Leasehold improvements22,531 885 
Vehicles, including demonstration fleet2,207 3,222 
Furniture and fixtures900 818 
Construction in progress2,256 13,642 
Total property and equipment94,735 40,412 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization(28,435)(10,152)
Total property and equipment, net$66,300 $30,260 
Property and equipment capitalized under finance lease were not material.
Depreciation and amortization associated with property and equipment was $22.3 million, $4.3 million and $3.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
The Company continually evaluates opportunities for optimizing its manufacturing processes and product design. In the second quarter of 2023, the Company’s management began evaluating its sourcing strategy with the objective to reduce future per unit sensor manufacturing costs. In the third quarter of 2023, the Company finalized and committed to a plan to change its sourcing of certain sub-assemblies and components from one supplier to another which will require the Company to abandon certain equipment located at the legacy supplier. As a result, the Company has reduced the useful lives of the long-lived assets within the impacted asset group in line with when these assets are expected to be abandoned. The Company expects the transition to new suppliers to be completed in 2024. The reduction in the estimated useful lives of the impacted assets resulted in the Company recording $9.2 million of incremental accelerated depreciation charges in the year ended December 31, 2023.
Intangible Assets
The following table summarizes the activity in the Company’s intangible assets (in thousands):
December 31,
20232022
Beginning of the period$22,077 $2,424 
Additions8,240 21,890 
Amortization(4,323)(2,237)
Impairment(1)
(3,000)— 
End of the period$22,994 $22,077 
79

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Intangible assets were acquired in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Optogration in August 2021, Freedom Photonics in April 2022 and Solfice in June 2022. See Note 3 for further details of these acquisitions. The components of intangible assets were as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Gross
Carrying
 Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Impairment(1)Net
Carrying
Amount
Weighted Average
Remaining Period
(Years)
Gross
Carrying
 Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
ImpairmentNet
Carrying
Amount
Weighted Average
Remaining Period
(Years)
Customer relationships$3,730 $(1,479)$— $2,251 3.7$3,730 $(664)$— $3,066 4.4
Customer backlog650 (650)— — — 650 (292)— 358 0.9
Tradename620 (339)— 281 2.3620 (214)— 406 3.3
Assembled workforce130 (130)— — — 130 (130)— — — 
Developed technology20,150 (4,188)— 15,962 5.511,910 (1,163)— 10,747 7.5
IPR&D7,500 — (3,000)4,500 — 7,500 — — 7,500 — 
Total intangible assets$32,780 $(6,786)$(3,000)$22,994 5.2$24,540 $(2,463)$— $22,077 6.6
(1)    See below for discussions related to impairment charges.
Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $4.3 million, $2.2 million and $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
As of December 31, 2023, the expected future amortization expense for intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):
PeriodExpected Future
Amortization Expense
2024$4,001 
20254,001 
20263,354 
20273,138 
20281,646 
Thereafter2,354 
IPR&D4,500 
Total$22,994 
Goodwill
The carrying amount of goodwill allocated to the Company’s reportable segments was as follows (in thousands):
 Autonomy SolutionsATSTotal
Balance as of December 31, 2022$687 $18,129 $18,816 
Goodwill related to acquisition of Seagate’s lidar business (see Note 3)1,063 — 1,063 
Impairment of goodwill related to Freedom Photonics— (12,489)(12,489)
Balance as of December 31, 2023$1,750 $5,640 $7,390 
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recognized impairment charges of $12.5 million and $3.0 million related to goodwill and IPR&D related to Freedom Photonics. These impairment charges were due to events which occurred during the fourth quarter of 2023, including a decision to delay development activities on certain new products resulting from an increase in focus on supporting the product roadmap of the Autonomy Solutions segment, and a lowering of the growth outlook for the business due to less than anticipated traction in sales of new products. Total life-to-date goodwill impairment charge recorded by the ATS reportable segment was $12.5 million and no impairment charge has been recorded by the Autonomy Solutions reportable segment.
80

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In relation to the goodwill, the Company engaged third-party valuation specialists and used industry accepted valuation models and criteria that were reviewed and approved by various levels of management. The Company assessed the fair value of the Freedom Photonics reporting during the fourth quarter of 2023, using the discounted cash flow method under the income approach, utilizing estimated cash flows and a terminal value, discounted at a rate of return that reflects the relative risk of the cash flows. The significant assumptions used in the assessment of the reporting unit included revenue growth rates, profit margins, operating expenses, capital expenditures, terminal value and a discount rate. As a result of this assessment, the Company concluded that the carrying value of the Freedom Photonics reporting unit exceeded the estimated fair value by $12.5 million, which was recorded as a noncash impairment charge to goodwill.
In relation to the intangibles, the significant assumptions used in the assessment of the IPR&D intangible asset included revenue growth rates, a discount rate and a royalty rate. Based on this assessment, the Company recorded a $3.0 million noncash impairment charge related to the IPR&D intangible asset.
Other Non-Current Assets
Other non-current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
 December 31,
 20232022
Security deposits$2,410 $5,495 
Non-marketable equity investment (see Note 5 for additional information)14,000 4,000 
Advance payment for capital projects— 27,683 
Contract assets2,471 2,575 
Other non-current assets3,475 591 
Total other non-current assets$22,356 $40,344 
Accrued and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 
 December 31,
 20232022
Accrued compensation and benefits$20,658 $16,682 
Accrued expenses14,723 22,358 
Contract losses8,790 7,526 
Warranty reserves4,154 3,584 
Contract liabilities3,127 1,993 
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities1,153 819 
Total accrued and other current liabilities$52,605 $52,962 
During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded $16.4 million and $19.2 million, respectively, in cost of sales (services) estimated losses expected to be incurred on NRE projects with certain customers. Estimated contract losses in the year ended December 31, 2021 were not material. The estimated contract losses recorded in 2023 were primarily driven by changes in scope of project deliverables agreed upon with a customer during the year, and in 2022 primarily driven by (a) changes in estimates related to costs expected to be incurred for contractual milestones of certain projects based on actual experience on similar projects and (b) changes in technical specifications by a customer during the year.
Note 7. Convertible Senior Notes and Capped Call Transactions
In December 2021, the Company issued $625.0 million aggregate principal amount of 1.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026in a private placement, which included $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of such notes pursuant to the exercise in full of the option granted to the initial purchasers to purchase additional notes (collectively, the “Convertible Senior Notes”). The interest on the Convertible Senior Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2022. The Convertible Senior Notes will mature on December 15, 2026, unless earlier repurchased or redeemed by the Company or converted pursuant to their over-allotment option, generating grossterms.
The total net proceeds from the debt offering, after deducting fees paid to the initial purchasers paid by the Company, was approximately $609.4 million.
81

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Each Unit consists$1,000 principal amount of one sharethe Convertible Senior Notes is initially convertible into 50.0475 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value $0.0001, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $19.98 per share. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain specified events prior to the maturity date but will not be adjusted for any accrued and one-thirdunpaid interest. In addition, following certain corporate events that occur prior to the maturity dateor if the Company delivers a notice of oneredemption in respect of some or all of the Convertible Senior Notes, the Company will, under certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate of the Convertible Senior Notes for a holder who elects to convert its Convertible Senior Notes in connection with such a corporate event or convert its Convertible Senior Notes called for redemption during the related redemption period, as the case may be. The Convertible Senior Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part (subject to certain limitations), at the Company’s option at any time, and from time to time, on or after December 20, 2024, and on or before the 40th scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date, at a cash redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date, but only if certain liquidity conditions are satisfied and the last reported sale price per share of the Class A common stock purchase warrantexceeds 130% of the conversion price on (1) each of at least 20 trading days, whether or not consecutive, during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends the related redemption notice, and (2) the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends such notice. If the Company undergoes a fundamental change (as defined in the indenture governing the Convertible Senior Notes) prior to the maturity date, holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their Convertible Senior Notes in principal amounts of $1,000 or a multiple thereof at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.
Holders of the Convertible Senior Notes may convert their Convertible Senior Notes at their option at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding December 15, 2026, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, only under the following circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter (and only during such calendar quarter) commencing after the calendar quarter ending on March 31, 2022, if the last reported sale price per share of the Class A common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price for each of at least 20 trading days, whether or not consecutive, during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter; (2) during the five consecutive business days immediately after any 10 consecutive trading day period (such 10 consecutive trading day period, the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Senior Notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price per share of the Class A common stock on such trading day and the conversion rate on such trading day; (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events or distributions on the Class A common stock; and (4) if the Convertible Senior Notes are called for redemption. On or after June 15, 2026, holders may convert all or any portion of their Convertible Senior Notes at any time prior to the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of its Class A common stock or a combination of cash and shares of its Class A common stock, at the Company’s election. As of December 31, 2023, the conditions allowing holders of the Convertible Senior Notes to convert were not met.
The Company’s currently intends to settle the principal amount of its outstanding Convertible Senior Notes in cash and any excess in shares of the Company’s Class A common stock.
The Convertible Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations and will rank equal in right of payment with the Company’s future senior unsecured indebtedness; senior in right of payment to the Company’s future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the Convertible Senior Notes; effectively subordinated to the Company’s existing and future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing that indebtedness; and structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, and (to the extent the Company is not a holder thereof) preferred equity, if any, of the Company’s subsidiaries.
The Company has classified the Convertible Senior Notes as a non-current liability under the guidance in ASC 470-20, as amended by ASU 2020-06. Debt discount and issuance costs aggregating approximately $16.2 million were initially recorded as a reduction to the principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes and is being amortized as interest expense on a straight line basis over the contractual terms of the notes. The Company estimates that the difference between amortizing the debt discounts and the issuance costs using the straight line method as compared to using effective interest rate method is immaterial.
82

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The net carrying amount of the Convertible Senior Notes was as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
20232022
Principal$625,000 $625,000 
Unamortized debt discount and issuance costs(9,572)(12,808)
Net carrying amount$615,428 $612,192 
The following table sets forth the interest expense recognized related to the Convertible Senior Notes (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31
202320222021
Contractual interest expense$7,812 $7,812 $316 
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs3,236 3,236 135 
Total interest expense$11,048 $11,048 $451 
The remaining term over which the debt discount and issuance costs will be amortized is 2.96 years. Contractual interest expense is reflected as a component of other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
In connection with the offering of the Convertible Senior Notes, the Company entered into privately negotiated capped call option transactions with certain counterparties (the “Warrants”“Capped Calls”). Each WholeThe Capped Calls each have an initial strike price of approximately $19.98 per share, subject to certain adjustments, which corresponds to the initial conversion price of the Convertible Senior Notes. The Capped Calls have initial cap prices of $30.16 per share, subject to certain adjustment events. The Capped Calls are generally intended to reduce the potential dilution to the Class A common stock upon any conversion of the Convertible Senior Notes and/or offset any cash payments the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted Convertible Senior Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap based on the cap price. The Capped Calls expire on April 6, 2027, subject to earlier exercise. The Capped Calls are subject to either adjustment or termination upon the occurrence of specified extraordinary events affecting the Company, including a merger event, a tender offer, and a nationalization, insolvency or delisting involving the Company. In addition, the Capped Calls are subject to certain specified additional disruption events that may give rise to a termination of the Capped Calls, including changes in law, failure to deliver, and hedging disruptions. The Capped Calls are recorded in stockholders’ equity and are not accounted for as derivatives. The net cost of $73.4 million incurred to purchase the Capped Calls was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
Note 8. Fair Value Measurements
As of December 31, 2023, the Company carried cash equivalents, marketable investments and Private Warrants that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company had previously carried Public Warrants which were exercised and redeemed in March 2021. Additionally, the Company measures its equity-settled fixed value awards at fair value on a recurring basis. See Note 11 for further information on the Company’s fixed value equity awards.
Fair value is based on the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:
Level 1 — Observable inputs, which include unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs, such as quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are based on management’s assumptions, including fair value measurements determined by using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques.
The Company determined the fair value of its Level 1 financial instruments, which are traded in active markets, using quoted market prices for identical instruments.
Marketable investments classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued based on other observable inputs, including broker or dealer quotations, alternative pricing sources or U.S. Government Treasury yield of appropriate term. When
83

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities are not available, the Company relies on non-binding quotes from its investment managers, which are based on proprietary valuation models of independent pricing services. These models generally use inputs such as observable market data, quoted market prices for similar instruments, historical pricing trends of a security as relative to its peers. To validate the fair value determination provided by its investment managers, the Company reviews the pricing movement in the context of overall market trends and trading information from its investment managers. The Company performs routine procedures such as comparing prices obtained from independent source to ensure that appropriate fair values are recorded.
Given that the transfer of Private Warrants to anyone outside of a small group of individuals constituting the sponsors of Gores Metropoulos, Inc. would result in the Private Warrants having substantially the same terms as the Public Warrants, management determined that the fair value of each Private Warrant entitlesis the same as that of a Public Warrant, with an insignificant adjustment for short-term marketability restrictions. As of December 31, 2023, management determined the fair value of the Private Warrants using observable inputs in the Black-Scholes valuation model, which used the remaining term of warrants of 1.92 years, volatility of 89.8% and a risk-free rate of 4.27%. Accordingly, the Private Warrants are classified as Level 3 financial instruments.
The following table presents changes in Level 3 liabilities relating to Private Warrants measured at fair value (in thousands):
Private
Warrants
Balance as of December 31, 2022$3,005 
Change in fair value of outstanding warrants(1,936)
Balance as of December 31, 2023$1,069 
The Company’s financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis and the level of inputs used for such measurements were as follows (in thousands):
Fair Value (in thousands) Measured as of
December 31, 2023:
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Assets:
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds$101,842 $— $— $101,842 
Commercial paper— 497 — 497 
Corporate bonds— 1,097 — 1,097 
Total cash equivalents$101,842 $1,594 $— $103,436 
Marketable investments:
U.S. treasury securities$86,784 $— $— $86,784 
U.S. agency and government sponsored securities— 2,732 — 2,732 
Commercial paper— 9,647 — 9,647 
Corporate bonds— 43,809 — 43,809 
Marketable equity investments7,755 — — 7,755 
Total marketable investments$94,539 $56,188 $— $150,727 
Liabilities:
Private Warrants$— $— $1,069 $1,069 
84

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Fair Value (in thousands) Measured as of
December 31, 2022:
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Assets:
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds$42,056 $— $— $42,056 
Total cash equivalents$42,056 $— $— $42,056 
Marketable investments:
U.S. treasury securities$188,480 $— $— $188,480 
U.S. agency and government sponsored securities— 4,924 — 4,924 
Commercial paper— 74,523 — 74,523 
Corporate bonds— 109,909 — 109,909 
Asset-backed securities— 11,835 — 11,835 
Marketable equity investments29,643 — — 29,643 
Total marketable investments$218,123 $201,191 $— $419,314 
Liabilities:
Private Warrants$— $— $3,005 $3,005 
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the estimated fair value of the Company’s outstanding Convertible Senior Notes was $296.3 million and $352.5 million, respectively. The fair value was determined based on the quoted price of the Convertible Senior Notes in an inactive market on the last trading day of the reporting period and have been classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. See Note 7 for further information on the Company’s Convertible Senior Notes.
The Company’s other financial instruments’ fair value, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current liabilities, approximate its carrying value due to the relatively short maturity of those instruments. The carrying amounts of the Company’s finance leases approximate their fair value, which is the present value of expected future cash payments based on assumptions about current interest rates and the creditworthiness of the Company.
Note 9. Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock during the period plus, common stock equivalents, as calculated under the treasury stock method, outstanding during the period. If the Company reports a net loss, the computation of diluted loss per share excludes the effect of dilutive common stock equivalents, as their effect would be antidilutive. The Company computes earnings (loss) per share using the two-class method for its Class A and Class B common stock. Earnings (loss) per share is same for both Class A and Class B common stock since they are entitled to the same liquidation and dividend rights.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 as follows: (in thousands, except for share and per share amounts):
December 31,
202320222021
Numerator:
Net loss$(571,269)$(445,939)$(237,986)
Denominator:
Weighted average Common shares outstanding—Basic389,373,659 356,265,774 346,300,975 
Weighted average Common shares outstanding—Diluted389,373,659 356,265,774 346,300,975 
Net loss —Basic and Diluted$(1.47)$(1.25)$(0.69)
The following table presents the potential shares of common stock outstanding that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share of common stock as of the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive
85

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
or related contingencies on issuance of shares had not been met as of the periods presented:
December 31,
202320222021
Warrants5,757,549 5,757,549 7,166,301 
Stock-based awards—Equity classified37,627,541 33,372,534 24,156,973 
Stock-based awards—Liability classified18,562,440 14,302,723 2,401,648 
Vendor stock-in-lieu of cash program257,171 3,162,879 1,659,510 
Convertible Senior Notes31,279,716 31,279,716 31,279,716 
Earn-out shares8,606,717 8,606,717 8,606,717 
Total102,091,134 96,482,118 75,270,865 
The Company uses the if converted method for calculating the dilutive effect of the Convertible Senior Notes using the initial conversion price of $19.981 per share. The closing price of Class A common stock as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was less than the initial conversion price.
Note 10. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Class A and Class B Common Stock
The Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) has authorized two classes of common stock, Class A and Class B. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had authorized 715,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and 121,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share for each class. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had 344,606,104 shares issued and 322,742,654 shares outstanding shares of Class A common stock, and 97,088,670 shares of issued and outstanding Class B common stock. Holders of the Class A and Class B common stock have identical rights, except that holders of the Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and the holder of the Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share. Shares of Class B common stock can be converted to shares of Class A common stock at any time at the option of the stockholder and automatically convert upon sale or transfer, except for certain transfers specified in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation. During 2021, 15,000,000 shares of Class B common stock were converted into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.
Treasury Stock
In December 2021, the Company’s Board authorized share repurchases up to $312.5 million of the Company’s Class A common stock. The Company’s share repurchase program does not obligate the Company to acquire any specific number of shares. Under the program, shares could be repurchased in privately negotiated and/or open market transactions, including under plans complying with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). In 2021, the Company repurchased 15,263,761 shares Class A common stock for $235.9 million through negotiated and market purchase one sharetransactions. In 2022, the Company repurchased additional 6,599,689 shares of Class A common stock for $11.50 per share. Each Warrant will become exercisable$76.6 million from the remaining balance in the approved share repurchase program. The repurchased shares were recorded as treasury stock on the later of 30 days afterconsolidated balance sheet.
Equity Financing Program
On February 28, 2023, the completionCompany entered into an agreement (the “Sales Agreement”) with Virtu Americas LLC (the “Agent”) under which the Company may offer and sell, from time to time in its sole discretion, shares of the business combinationCompany’s Class A common stock with aggregate gross sales proceeds of up to $75.0 million through an equity offering program under which the Agent will act as sales agent (the “Equity Financing Program”). The Company intends to use the net proceeds from offerings under the Equity Financing Program primarily for expenditures or 12 months frompayments in connection with strategic merger and acquisition opportunities, as well as potential strategic investments, partnerships and similar transactions.
Under the closingSales Agreement, the Company sets the parameters for the sale of the Public Offeringshares, including the number of shares to be issued, the time period during which sales are requested to be made, limitations on the number of shares that may be sold in any one trading day and will expire five years afterany minimum price below which sales may not be made. Subject to the completionterms and conditions of the business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. However, ifSales Agreement, the Company does not complete the business combination on or priorAgent has agreed to the 24-month period allotteduse its commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with its normal trading and sales practices, to complete the business combination, the Warrants will expire at the end of such period. The Warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and the Company. The Company did not registersell the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise ofby methods deemed to be an “at the Warrantsmarket” offering as defined in Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) or any state securities law. Under the termsincluding sales made through The Nasdaq Global Select Market.
86


LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

use its best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act following the completion of the business combination covering the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Company paid an upfront underwriting discount of 2.00% ($8,000,000) of the per Unit offering price to the underwriters at the closing of the Public Offering, with an additional fee (the “Deferred Discount”) of 3.50% ($14,000,000) of the per Unit offering price payable upon the Company’s completion of a business combination. The Deferred Discount will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event the Company completes its business combination.

4.

Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On October 18, 2018, the Sponsor purchased 10,781,250 shares of Class F common stock (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. Subsequently, the Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 75,000 Founder Shares to the Company’s independent directors (together with the Sponsor, the “Initial Stockholders”). On March 18, 2019, the Sponsor forfeited 781,250 Founder Shares following the expiration of the unexercised portion of underwriter’s over-allotment option, so that the Founder Shares held by the Initial Stockholders would represent 20.0% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock following completion of the Public Offering. The Founder Shares are identical to the Common Stock included in the Units sold in the Public Offering except that the Founder Shares will automatically convert intoissued 9,467,996 shares of Class A common stock atunder the timeEquity Financing Program during the year ended December 31, 2023 for net proceeds of $50.2 million. As of December 31, 2023, $24.3 million of Class A common stock was available for sale under the business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Private Placement Warrants

The Sponsor purchased fromprogram.

Strategic Investment Agreement
On May 8, 2023, the Company entered into an aggregateagreement to issue 1,652,892 shares of 6,666,666 warrants atClass A common stock to a price of $1.50 per warrant (aTPK group company, for a cash purchase price of $10,000,000) in$10.0 million pursuant to a private placement that occurred simultaneously within reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The Company received proceeds of $10.0 million and issued 1,652,892 shares of Class A common stock on May 15, 2023. Additionally, the Company had granted an option to purchase 1,652,892 additional shares of Class A common stock worth $10.0 million, which was exercised on August 9, 2023.
Public and Private Warrants
In March 2021, 3,589,645 Private Warrants and 13,128,671 Public Warrants were exercised, and the Company received $153.9 million in cash proceeds from the exercise of these warrants. Pursuant to the terms of the agreements governing the rights of the holders of the Public Offering (the “Private Placement Warrants”).Warrants, the Company redeemed the remaining unexercised and outstanding 204,638 Public Warrants after March 2021 for a redemption price of $0.01 per Public Warrant.
In 2022, 1,408,752 Private Warrants were exercised on a cashless basis and the Company issued 405,752 shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the exercises. The Company had 1,668,269 Private Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2022. No Private Warrants were exercised in 2023. The Private Warrants expire on December 2, 2025. Each Private Placement Warrant entitlesallows the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. A portion
Stock-in-lieu of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Public Offering to be held in the Trust Account pending completion of the business combination.

Cash Program

The Private Placement Warrants have termsCompany has entered into arrangements with certain vendors and provisions that are identical to those of the Warrants sold as part of the Units in the Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants may be physical (cash) or net share (cashless) settled and are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

Ifother third parties wherein the Company does not complete a business combination, thenat its discretion may elect to compensate the Private Placement Warrants proceeds will be part of the liquidation distribution to the public stockholdersrespective vendors and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

Registration Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, have registration rights (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion of suchthird parties for services provided either in cash or by issuing shares to common shares) pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into by the Company, the Sponsor and the other security holders named therein on February 1, 2019. These holders will also have certain demand and “piggy back” registration rights. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.


Sponsor Loan

On October 18, 2018, our Sponsor loaned us an aggregate of $150,000 by the issuance of an unsecured promissory note for $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering. On December 31, 2018, the outstanding balance on the loan was $150,000. On January 25, 2019, our Sponsor loaned us an additional $150,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering. These Notes were non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of September 30, 2019 or the completion of the Public Offering. The carrying amount of the Notes approximates fair value because of their short maturity. These Notes were repaid in full upon the completion of the Public Offering.

Administrative Service Agreement

The Company entered into an administrative services agreement on February 1, 2019, pursuant to which it agreed to pay to an affiliate of the Sponsor $20,000 a month for office space, utilities and secretarial support. Services commenced on the date the securities were first listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market and will terminate upon the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a business combination or the liquidation of the Company. No fee was paid from the period of August 28, 2018 through December 31, 2018.

5.

Deferred Underwriting Compensation

The Company is committed to pay a deferred underwriting discount totaling $14,000,000 or 3.50% of the gross offering proceeds of the Public Offering, to the underwriter upon the Company’s consummation of a business combination. The underwriter is not entitled to any interest accrued on the Deferred Discount, and no Deferred Discount is payable to the underwriter if there is no business combination.

6.

Income Taxes

Components of the Company’s deferred tax asset at December 31, 2018 are as follows:

Net operating loss

5,635

Valuation allowance

(5,635

)

Class A common stock (“Stock-in-lieu of Cash Program”). The Company establishedconsiders the shares issuable under the Stock-in-lieu of Cash Program as liability classified awards when the arrangement with the vendors requires the Company to issue a valuation allowancevariable number of approximately $5,635 as of December 31, 2018, which fully offsetsshares to settle amounts owed.

During the deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2018 of approximately $5,635. The deferred tax asset results from applying an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 25.63% to net operating loss of approximately 21,985 as of December 31, 2018. The Company’s net operating losses will expire beginning 2038.

The Company has evaluated tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the financial statements to determine if the tax positions are “more likely than not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet the “more likely than not” threshold would be recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. The Company has concluded that there was no impact related to uncertain tax positions on the results of its operations for the periodyear ended December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018,2023, the Company has no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company’s conclusions regarding tax positions will be subject to review and may be adjusted at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, ongoing analyses of tax laws, regulations, and interpretations thereof.


7.

Stockholder’s Equity

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 220,000,000 shares of common stock, consisting of 200,000,000issued 15,281,701 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 20,000,000as part of the Stock-in-lieu of Cash Program, including 1,564,822 shares of Class FA common stock par value $0.0001 per share. Holdersin lieu of cash to a certain vendor for purchases of certain data, hardware and software pursuant to a private placement.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had a total of $12.0 million in prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets related to its Stock-in-lieu of Cash Program.
In November 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with Daimler North America Corporation (“Daimler”) wherein Daimler is providing certain data and other services to the Company. To compensate Daimler for these services, the Company agreed to issue 1.5 million shares of Class A common stock to Daimler. These shares were subject to certain vesting conditions and vested over a period of two years. The Company recorded costs related to these shares as research and development expense of $7.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company issued 1,125,000 shares of Class A common stock related to this arrangement. The remaining 375,000 shares under the agreement were issued to Daimler in November 2023. The unamortized cost relating to the shares issued to Daimler under this agreement was recorded as $7.2 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets as of December 31, 2023.
The Company’s vendor Stock-in-lieu of Cash Program activity for the year ended December 31, 2023 was as follows:
SharesWeighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
per Share
Unvested shares as of December 31, 20221,047,151 $11.90 
Granted15,281,701 4.34 
Vested(15,450,792)4.86 
Unvested shares as of December 31, 2023878,060 4.32 
Note 11. Stock-based Compensation
Prior to becoming a publicly traded entity, the Company issued incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, and restricted stock to employees and non-employee consultants under its 2015 Stock Plan (the “2015 Plan”). Since the closing of
87

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
the business combination between Gores Metropoulos, Inc. and Luminar Technologies, Inc. on December 2, 2020 (the “Business Combination”), the Company has not issued any new stock-based awards under the 2015 Plan.
In December 2020, the Board adopted, and the Company’s stockholders approved the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”). The 2020 Plan became effective upon the closing of the Business Combination. Under the 2020 Plan, the Company was originally authorized to issue a maximum number of 36,588,278 shares of Class A common stock.
In June 2022, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment and restatement of the Company’s Common 2020 Plan (the “Amended 2020 Plan”) to increase the number of shares of Class A common stock authorized for issuance by 36,000,000 additional shares and added an evergreen provision under which the number of shares of Class A common stock available for issuance under the Amended 2020 Plan will be increased on the first day of each fiscal year of the Company beginning with the 2023 fiscal year and ending on (and including) the first day of the 2030 fiscal year, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, (ii) 40,000,000 shares or (iii) such number of shares determined by the Board. Pursuant to the evergreen provision, 18,358,365 and 20,991,566 additional shares of Class A common stock were added to the Amended 2020 Plan on January 1, 2023 and 2024, respectively.
Stock Options
Under the terms of the 2015 Plan, incentive stock options had an exercise price at or above the fair market value of the stock on the date of the grant, while non-qualified stock options were permitted to be granted below fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. Stock options granted have service-based vesting conditions only. The service-based vesting conditions vary, though typically, stock options vest over four years with 25% of stock options vesting on the first anniversary of the grant and the remaining 75% vesting monthly over the remaining 36 months. Option holders have a 10-year period to exercise the options before they expire. Forfeitures are entitledrecognized in the period of occurrence.
The Company’s stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2023 was as follows (in thousands, except years and per share data):
Number of
Stock Options
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of December 31, 20228,162,850 $1.74 
Exercised(1,829,636)1.67 
Cancelled/Forfeited(133,761)1.74 
Outstanding as of December 31, 20236,199,453 1.76 6.00$10,309 
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 20235,797,293 1.75 5.989,649 
Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 20236,199,453 1.76 6.0010,309 
No stock options were granted by the Company in 2023, 2022 or 2021. The total grant-date fair value of options that vested during the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $2.1 million, $2.9 million and $7.1 million, respectively.
The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2023 was $7.9 million. The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the common stock on the exercise date.
As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $0.4 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to one votestock options. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.22 years.
Restricted Stock Awards
Prior to June 30, 2019, the Company granted restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) to employees. Recipients purchased the restricted stock on the grant date and the Company has the right to repurchase the restricted shares at the same price recipients paid to obtain those shares. The restrictions lapse solely based on continued service, and generally lapse over 4 years —25% on the first anniversary of the date of issuance, and the remaining 75% monthly over the remaining 36 months. At the grant date of the award, recipients of restricted stock were granted voting rights and right to receive dividends on unvested shares. No restricted stock awards have been granted after June 30, 2019.
88

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Company’s RSAs activity for eachthe year ended December 31, 2023 was as follows:
SharesWeighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
per Share
Outstanding as of December 31, 202264,486 $1.29 
Vested(64,486)1.29 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023— — 
Restricted Stock Units
Since the closing of the Business Combination, the Company has granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”) under the Amended 2020 Plan (and prior to its amendment and restatement, under the 2020 Plan). Each RSU granted under the Amended 2020 Plan represents a right to receive one share of Common Stockthe Company’s Class A common stock when the RSU vests. RSUs generally vest over a period up to six years. The Company has granted certain performance-based equity awards that vest upon achievement of certain performance milestones. The fair value of RSUs is equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.
The Company’s Time-Based RSUs and vote togetherPerformance-Based and Other RSUs activity for the year ended December 31, 2023 was as follows:
Time-Based RSUsPerformance-Based and Other RSUs
SharesWeighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share
SharesWeighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share
Outstanding as of December 31, 202225,010,688 $12.76 583,347 $8.39 
Granted26,972,748 5.70 961,187 8.58 
Forfeited(3,782,948)10.94 (757,024)8.16 
Vested(16,948,790)9.60 (284,046)7.45 
Change in units based on performance— — (236,543)10.46 
Outstanding as of December 31, 202331,251,698 8.60 266,921 8.91 
The total fair value of RSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $164.9 million, $116.0 million and $32.8 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $232.5 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to RSUs. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.8 years.
Fixed Value Equity Awards
The Company issues fixed value equity awards to certain employees as a single class. Atpart of their compensation package. These awards are issued as RSUs under the Amended 2020 Plan (and prior to its amendment and restatement, under the 2020 Plan) and are accounted for as liability classified awards under ASC 718 — Stock Compensation. Fixed value equity awards granted have service-based conditions only and vest quarterly over a period of up to six years. These awards represent a fixed dollar amount settled in a variable number of shares determined at each vesting date.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In December 2020, the Board and the Company’s stockholders adopted the 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) under which 7,317,655 shares were authorized for issuance. The 2020 ESPP became effective on February 26, 2021.
The ESPP permits eligible employees to purchase the Company’s Class A common stock through payroll deduction with up to 15% of their pre-tax earnings subject to certain Internal Revenue Code limitations. The purchase price of shares is 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the first day of a six-month offering period, or the relevant purchase date. In addition, no participant may purchase more than 5,000 shares of common stock in each purchase period.
During 2023 and 2022, 707,258 and 168,147 shares, respectively, were purchased at a weighted average price of $3.73 and $7.56 per share, respectively.
89

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The assumptions used to value purchase rights under the ESPP during the year ended December 31, 2018, there2022 were noas follows:
May 16, 2023November 16, 2023May 16, 2022November 16, 2022
Expect term (years)0.50.50.50.5
Volatility92.2%77.6%82.3%93.5%
Risk-free interest rate5.26%5.38%1.54%4.54%
Dividend yield—%—%—%—%
Optogration Milestone Awards
As discussed in Note 3, as part of the Optogration acquisition in August 2021, the Company owed up to $22.0 million of post combination compensation related to certain service and performance conditions (“Optogration Milestone Awards”). In August 2022, the Company issued 1,632,056 shares of Class A common stock for $11.0 million of the Optogration Milestone Awards and in August 2023, the Company issued 1,527,788 shares of Class A common stock for the remaining $11.0 million obligation.
Freedom Photonics Awards
As discussed in Note 3, as part of the Freedom Photonics acquisition in April 2022, the Company owes up to $29.8 million of post combination compensation related to certain service and performance conditions including achievement of certain technical and financial milestones. In May 2023, the Company issued 634,994 shares of Class A common stock and 10,781,250492,176 RSUs for $3.9 million and $3.5 million, respectively, of the post combination compensation due to achievement of the service and performance conditions. As of December 31, 2023, it is probable that the remaining conditions will be met for an amount equal to approximately $20.9 million of post combination compensation.
Solfice Awards
The service and performance conditions related to the post combination compensation associated with the acquisition of certain assets from Solfice were met in June 2023. In June 2023, the Company issued 766,642 shares of Class FA common stock and 101,663 RSUs for $5.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, of the post combination compensation due to achievement of the service and performance conditions.
Management Awards
On May 2, 2022, the Board granted an award of 10.8 million RSUs to Austin Russell, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The grant date fair value per share was $8.70 per share. On August 19, 2022, the Board granted 500,000 RSUs to each of Thomas Fennimore, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Alan Prescott, the Company’s Chief Legal Officer. The grant date fair value per share was $6.12 per share.
These awards to Mr. Russell, Mr. Fennimore and Mr. Prescott are subject to all of the following vesting conditions:
Market condition: Achievement of three stock price milestones: $50 or more, $60 or more, and $70 or more. The stock price will be measured based on the volume-weighted average price per share for 90 consecutive trading days;
Service condition: Approximately 7-years of vesting; and
Performance condition: Start of production for at least one series production program.
On March 16, 2023, the Board granted a $12.0 million stock-price based award to the Company’s Executive Vice President & General Manager that vested in six tranches of $2.0 million each, upon achievement of the six stock price milestones of $20, $25, $30, $40, $50 and $60 based on 90 trading day volume-weighted average price of a share of common stock over a 7.0 years performance period. The grant date fair value per share of the award granted to the said executive was $8.58 per share. On June 20, 2023, this award was modified to settle in a fixed number of shares and the impact of modification was not material. In September 2023, this award was forfeited and the impact of forfeiture was not material.
The Company measured the compensation cost for the management awards outlined above using a Monte Carlo simulation model and recorded $22.8 million and $14.7 million in stock-based compensation expense related to these awards in the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $62.5 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to management awards. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 5.36 years.
90

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Activity of the Company’s management awards that include market conditions described above for the year ended December 31, 2023 was as follows:
SharesWeighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share
Outstanding as of December 31, 202211,800,000 $8.48 
Granted370,000 6.80 
Forfeited(370,000)6.80 
Outstanding as of December 31, 202311,800,000 8.48 
On November 8, 2023, the Board approved a formula for RSU grants to Messrs. Fennimore and Prescott for each year from 2024 through 2029 for Mr. Fennimore and through 2026 for Mr. Prescott based on achievement of annual performance goals with respect to the immediately preceding year (“Annual Performance Awards”). The number of RSUs to be awarded in a year will be determined at the sole discretion of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) based on actual achievement of the annual performance goals established by the Board based on the Company’s approved operating plan in respect of the immediately preceding year, with such awards ranging from 137,500 RSUs at the threshold level, 550,000 RSUs at the target level, and 825,000 RSUs at the maximum level for extraordinary performance (interpolated linearly between target levels, as applicable). For a potential award to be made in 2024, the Compensation Committee has determined that annual performance goals will be weighted 50% based on revenue and 50% based on free cash flow, with target performance for the revenue performance goal equal to $81.4 million and target performance for the 2023 fourth quarter free cash flow goal equal to $(37) million. Each Annual Performance Award will vest over time as to one-third immediately upon approval of the grant by the Compensation Committee, and one-third annually for 2 years from the beginning of the performance period to incentivize performance and retention, subject to continued active employment through each vesting date.
Compensation expense
Stock-based compensation expense by function was as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Cost of sales$9,163 $7,680 $6,422 
Research and development65,840 40,898 20,216 
Sales and marketing27,577 15,814 4,546 
General and administrative104,552 98,013 46,500 
Total$207,132 $162,405 $77,684 
Stock-based compensation expense by type of award was as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Equity Classified Awards:
Stock options$2,197 $2,666 $5,137 
RSAs61 293 1,682 
RSUs138,820 115,267 60,191 
Management awards22,808 14,725 — 
ESPP1,313 714 — 
Liability Classified Awards:
Equity-settled fixed value16,691 7,545 3,826 
Optogration6,079 10,894 6,114 
Freedom Photonics11,965 7,633 — 
Other7,198 2,668 734 
Total$207,132 $162,405 $77,684 
91

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 12. Leases
The Company leases offices and manufacturing facilities under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through August 2032. Some of the Company’s leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that if exercised by the Company, extend the lease term from one to six years. The exercise of these renewal options is at the Company’s discretion. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material terms and conditions of residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. The Company’s short-term leases and sublease income were not material.
The components of lease expenses were as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Operating lease cost$8,441 $6,533 $4,654 
Variable lease cost1,887 2,230 1,703 
Total operating lease cost$10,328 $8,763 $6,357 
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Cash paid for operating leases included in operating activities$(7,508)$(6,070)$(4,609)
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
Operating leases28,447 16,749 2,876 
Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Operating leases:
Operating lease right-of-use assets$42,706 $21,244 
Operating lease liabilities:
Operating lease liabilities, current$10,154 $5,953 
Operating lease liabilities, non-current35,079 16,989 
Total operating lease liabilities$45,233 $22,942 
Weighted average remaining terms were as follows (in years):
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Weighted average remaining lease term
Operating leases5.614.43
92

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Weighted average discount rates were as follows:
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Weighted average discount rate
Operating leases6.45 %5.45 %
Maturities of lease liabilities were as follows (in thousands):
Year Ending December 31,Operating Leases
2024$10,432 
202510,314 
20269,961 
20278,989 
20286,039 
Thereafter8,315 
Total lease payments54,050 
Less: imputed interest(8,817)
Total leases liabilities$45,233 
Note 13. Income Taxes
The following table presents components of loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
United States$(571,265)$(445,720)$(239,855)
International1,692 453 607 
Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes$(569,573)$(445,267)$(239,248)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the periods presented consisted of (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Current:
U.S. federal$(150)$— $— 
U.S. state(56)— — 
Foreign1,966 440 — 
Total current:1,760 440 — 
Deferred:
U.S. federal(43)204 (1,262)
U.S. state(21)28 — 
Total deferred:(64)232 (1,262)
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes$1,696 $672 $(1,262)
93

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The reconciliation between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 21% to the Company’s effective tax for the periods presented is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
U.S. federal provision at statutory rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
State income taxes5.2 5.7 4.4 
Foreign taxes(0.1)0.0 0.0 
Tax credits1.0 2.4 1.5 
Fair value of financial instruments0.1 0.4 (2.3)
Stock-based compensation expense(3.7)(3.4)2.0 
Executive compensation(0.5)(0.8)(1.1)
Other permanent items(0.2)0.2 (0.3)
Unrecognized tax benefits0.3 (1.4)(0.8)
Change in valuation allowance(23.4)(24.3)(24.0)
Effective tax rate(0.3 %)(0.2 %)0.4 %
The Company’s effective tax rates differ from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the change in valuation allowance, non-deductible stock-based compensation expense net of excess windfall stock compensation deductions, nondeductible executive compensation, R&D tax credits, state income taxes, unrecognized tax benefits and the fluctuation of fair value on instruments treated as debt for GAAP and equity for tax purposes, which is not taxable/deductible for income tax purposes, for 2023, 2022 and 2021.
The Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carry forward$235,624 $161,881 
Tax credits27,311 16,322 
Accruals and reserves3,473 3,309 
Stock-based compensation expense17,029 14,535 
Lease liability (ASC 842)12,333 6,268 
Section 174 R&D capitalization78,673 43,240 
Inventory reserves4,584 1,961 
Depreciation and amortization9,924 2,170 
Other24 20 
Total deferred tax assets388,975 249,706 
Valuation allowance(377,214)(243,811)
Total deferred tax asset11,761 5,895 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Other124 162 
ROU asset (ASC 842)11,637 5,801 
Total deferred tax liabilities11,761 5,963 
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)$— $(68)
The Company assesses the realizability of deferred tax assets based on the available evidence, including a history of taxable income and estimates of future taxable income. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that all or some portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized. Due to the history of losses incurred by the Company, management believes it is not more likely than not that substantially all of the U.S. domestic deferred tax assets can be realized. Accordingly, the Company established and recorded a full valuation allowance on
94

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
its U.S. domestic net deferred tax assets of $377.2 million and $243.8 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The valuation allowance increased by $133.4 million in 2023.
No deferred tax liabilities for foreign withholding taxes have been recorded relating to the earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries since all such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested. The amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability associated with these earnings is immaterial.
Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the “ownership change” limitations provided by Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“IRC”) and other similar state provisions. Any annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards before utilization. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $844.3 million of U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income, of which $801.1 million will be carried forward indefinitely for U.S. federal tax purposes and $43.2 million will expire beginning in 2035 to 2037. The Company also has $805.3 million of U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards that will expire beginning in 2028.
The Company also has federal and state research and development (“R&D”) tax credit carryforwards of $26.8 million and $7.4 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2023. The federal research credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2035 and although a small portion, less than $0.6 million, of the state research credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2024, $6.8 million of the state research credit carryforwards do not expire.
Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”), for tax years beginning after December 31, 2021, taxpayers are required to capitalize and amortize all R&D expenditures that are paid or incurred in connection with their trade or business which represent costs in the experimental or laboratory sense. Specifically, costs for U.S.-based R&D activities must be amortized over 5 years and costs for foreign R&D activities must be amortized over 15 years. As a result of this provision TCJA, the Company capitalized $235.9 million and $184.6 million of research expenses in 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, there is insufficient Internal Revenue Service guidance on how to treat capitalizable R&D expenditures. The Company will continue to monitor the status of any new guidance that might be issued and outstanding.

Preferred Stock

will update its estimated capitalized R&D, accordingly.

In August 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (IRA) was signed into law. The IRA provides several tax incentives, including the expanded Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Section 179D deduction, increased ability to leverage the R&D credit to offset payroll taxes for eligible start-up businesses, and 15% alternative minimum tax (AMT) for corporations with average income of more than $1 billion for the past three tax periods. The IRA did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements; however, the Company continues to examine the impacts the above-mentioned tax legislation may have on its business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The Company reports income tax related interest and penalties within its provision for income tax in its consolidated statements of operations. The Company had no interest and penalties accrued through December 31, 2023. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months of the reporting date.
The following is authorizeda tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Unrecognized tax benefits as of the beginning of the year$8,604 $6,296 $3,975 
Increases related to prior year tax positions65 — 535 
Decreases related to prior year tax provisions(4,230)(3,723)— 
Increase related to current year tax positions2,389 6,031 1,786 
Unrecognized tax benefits as of the end of the year$6,828 $8,604 $6,296 
None of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate since the tax benefits would increase a deferred tax asset that is currently fully offset by a full valuation allowance. The Company and its subsidiaries file federal, state and foreign income tax returns. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to issue 1,000,000 sharesexamination by taxing authorities, for which the Company’s major tax jurisdictions are the United States and various states. The Company’s federal, state and foreign income tax returns from inception to December 31, 2023 remain subject to examination.
95

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 14. Commitments and other rightsContingencies
Purchase Obligations
The Company purchases goods and preferencesservices from a variety of suppliers in the ordinary course of business. Purchase obligations are defined as mayagreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be determined frompurchased, fixed, minimum, or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the transaction. The Company had purchase obligations primarily for purchases of inventory, R&D, and general and administrative activities totaling $102.4 million as of December 31, 2023.
Legal Matters
From time to time, the Company is involved in actions, claims, suits and other proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including assertions by third parties relating to intellectual property infringement, breaches of contract or warranties or employment-related matters. When it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the Boardamount of Directors. Atthe loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records a liability for such loss contingencies. The Company’s estimates regarding potential losses and materiality are based on the Company’s judgment and assessment of the claims utilizing currently available information. Although the Company will continue to reassess its reserves and estimates based on future developments, the Company’s objective assessment of the legal merits of such claims may not always be predictive of the outcome and actual results may vary from the Company’s current estimates. The Company’s current legal accrual is not material to the financial statements.
On May 26, 2023, a putative class action styled Johnson v. Luminar Technologies, Inc., et al., Case No. 6:23-cv-00982-PGB-LHP, was filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida, against the Company and an employee. The suit asserts purported claims on behalf of purchasers of the Company’s securities between February 28, 2023 and March 17, 2023 under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act for allegedly misleading statements regarding the Company’s photonic integrated circuits technology. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on December 29, 2023. The Company disputes the allegations in the complaint and intends to vigorously defend the litigation. The Company presently does not expect this matter to have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial results and did not accrue anything related to this matter as of December 31, 2018, there2023. On October 21, 2023, a shareholder derivative suit entitled Bhavsar v. McAuliffe, et al. Bhavsar v. McAuliffe, et al., No. 6:23-cv-02037 was filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida against directors of the Company and an employee. The suit avers claims for purported breaches of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, abuse of control, gross mismanagement, waste, aiding and abetting, and contribution under Sections 10(b) and 21D of the Exchange Act on the basis of the same wrongdoing alleged in the first lawsuit described above. In November 2023, three additional shareholder derivative suits averring similar claims to Bhavsar were filed in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware: Lance Dechant, et al. v. Alec E. Gores, et al., C.A. No. 23-cv-01318-UNA, Hutchinson v. Russell, et al., C.A. No. 23-cv-01345-UNA, and Ulerio v. Russell, et al., C.A. No. 23-cv-01359-UNA. The Company disputes the allegations in the complaint and intends to vigorously defend the litigation. The Company has determined that the likelihood of this matter resulting in a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial results is remote.
Note 15. Segment and Customer Concentration Information
Reportable segments are (i) Autonomy Solutions and (ii) ATS. These segments reflect the way the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) evaluates the Company’s business performance and manages its operations. Each segment has distinct product offerings, customers and market penetration. The Chief Executive Officer is the CODM of the Company.
Autonomy Solutions
This segment manufactures and distributes commercial LiDAR sensors that measure distance using laser light for automotive mobility applications. This segment is impacted by trends in the automobile and autonomous vehicles sector and the infrastructure/technology sector.
ATS
This segment is in the business of development of semiconductor technology based lasers and sensors. This segment also designs, tests and provides consulting services for development of integrated circuits. This segment is impacted by trends in and the strength of the automobile and aeronautics sectors as well as government spending in military and defense activities.
96

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in Note 2. Segment operating results and reconciliations to the Company’s consolidated balances are as follows (in thousands):
Year ended December 31, 2023
Autonomy
Solutions
ATSTotal
reportable
segments
Eliminations (1)Total
Consolidated
Revenues from external customers$48,835 $20,944 $69,779 $— $69,779 
Depreciation and amortization23,935 2,689 26,624 — 26,624 
Operating loss(513,668)(49,640)(563,308)— (563,308)
Other significant items:
Segment assets595,868 51,436 647,304 (134,937)512,367 
Inventories, net11,162 1,071 12,233 (37)12,196 
Year ended December 31, 2022
Autonomy
Solutions
ATSTotal
reportable
segments
Eliminations (1)Total
Consolidated
Revenues from external customers$24,353 $16,345 $40,698 $— $40,698 
Depreciation and amortization4,110 2,456 6,566 — 6,566 
Operating loss(412,673)(29,394)(442,067)(335)(442,402)
Other significant items:
Segment assets752,088 60,529 812,617 (125,290)687,327 
Inventories, net8,664 474 9,138 (346)8,792 
Year ended December 31, 2021
Autonomy
Solutions
ATSTotal
reportable
segments
Eliminations (1)Total
Consolidated
Revenues from external customers$28,497 $3,447 $31,944 $— $31,944 
Depreciation and amortization3,723 439 4,162 — 4,162 
Operating loss(214,133)(324)(214,457)(95)(214,552)
Other significant items:
Segment assets882,704 9,771 892,475 (8,939)883,536 
Inventories, net10,179 163 10,342 — 10,342 
(1) Represent the eliminations of all intercompany balances and transactions during the period presented.
Two customers, customers A and B, of Autonomy Solutions segment accounted for 35%, and 11% of the Company’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023. Two customers, customers A and B, accounted for 17% and 21% of the Company’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022. Two customers, customers B and C, accounted for 42% and 17% of the Company’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021. A vast majority of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in North America.
Note 16. Related Party Transactions
Equity Investments
In February 2021, the Company invested $15.0 million in a special purpose acquisition company, of which Mr. Jun Hong Heng, was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and a principal shareholder. Mr. Heng became a director of the Company in June 2021. The terms of such investment were no sharesless favorable to the Company than to other third-party investors. During 2021, the Company sold $2.9 million of preferred stock issuedthis investment and outstanding.

had a remaining balance of $12.1 million as of December 31, 2021. The fair value of this investment as of December 31, 2021 was $12.2 million, which was included in marketable securities in the balance sheet. The Company sold this investment in its entirety in the second quarter of 2022. The special purpose acquisition company merged with ECARX on December 20, 2022 and Mr. Heng continues to be a director of the merged company.

8.

Subsequent Events

97

Management


LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In June 2022, the Company invested in a special purpose acquisition company through open market purchases, of which Mr. Alec Gores, a current Luminar director, was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and a principal shareholder. The special purpose acquisition company merged with Polestar Automotive Holdings UK PLC on June 24, 2022. The balance of this investment as of December 31, 2022 was not material.
Note 17. Subsequent Events
In preparing the audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2023, the Company has performed an evaluation ofevaluated subsequent events through February 28, 2024.
In February 2024, the dateCompany entered into two non-recourse loan and securities pledge agreements (the “Loan Agreements”) with The St. James Bank & Trust Company Ltd. (the “Lender”), pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to an aggregate of issuance$50.0 million. Any loans made by the Lender under the Loan Agreements would be collateralized by shares of the financial statements, noting no items whichCompany’s Class A common stock or stock the Company holds of another company. The Loan Agreements require adjustment or disclosure other than those set forth in the preceding notesCompany to the financial statements.

pay an up-front structure fee of 1.5% on any amounts borrowed, and any outstanding amounts would bear interest at 8.0% per annum.

98

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure

We have established disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in ourthe reports filedthat we file or submittedsubmit under the Exchange Act and other securities laws is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’sSEC rules and forms. Disclosure controlsforms and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information required to be disclosed in company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officerprincipal executive officer and Chief Financial Officer,principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regardingdecision making and timely required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15disclosure to investors.

Under the supervision and 15d-15 underwith the Exchange Act,participation of our Chief Executive Officermanagement, including our principal executive officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation ofprincipal financial officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as required under Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of December 31, 2018.2023. Based upon theiron this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officerprincipal executive officer and Chief Financial Officerprincipal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective.

effective as of December 31, 2023.

Management’s Report on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding

Management, including our CEO and CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting or an attestation reportas defined in Rules 13a- 15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act and based upon the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“the COSO framework”). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Management’s internal control system provides reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements, but has inherent limitations that may not prevent or detect all misstatements, including the possibility of human error, circumvention of controls, or fraud.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the COSO framework. Based on evaluation under these criteria, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, dueand their opinion is stated in their report which is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
Our management, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, has determined that our internal controls are reasonably designed and implemented to a transition period established by rulesassure reliable financial reporting and preparation of our financial statements. However, no control system can prevent and detect all errors and fraud. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of the SEC for newly public companies.

Duringeffectiveness of controls to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the most recently completed fiscal year, there has beendegree of compliance with policies or procedures.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changechanges in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2023 that hashave materially affected, or isare reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.

Other Information

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

None.


PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive OfficersTo the Stockholders and Corporate Governance

Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:

Name

Age

Title

Dean Metropoulos

72

Chairman and Director

Alec Gores

66

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Andrew McBride

38

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Randall Bort

54

Director

Michael Cramer

66

Director

Joseph Gatto

62

Director

Dean Metropoulos has been our Chairman since August 2018. Mr. Metropoulos has served as Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of Hostess since November 2016. Since 2013, Mr. Metropoulos has servedLuminar Technologies, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Luminar Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as the Executive Chairman of certain subsidiariesDecember 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the
99

Table of Hostess and a memberContents
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the BoardTreadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of Directors of Hostess. Mr. MetropoulosDecember 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also served onaudited, in accordance with the Board of Directors of Pabst Brewing Company until 2014. Mr. Metropoulos has over 30 years of experience in acquiring and restructuring businesses in the U.S., Mexico and Europe, focusing on the food and consumer sectors. Mr. Metropoulos has been involved in approximately 80 transactions, including investments in Pabst Brewing Company, Utz Quality Foods LLC, Pinnacle Foods Group, Inc. (Swanson/Hungry-Man, Vlasic Pickles, Open Pit Barbeque Sauce, Duncan Hines, Log Cabin Syrup, Mrs. Butterworth’s Syrup, Aunt Jemima Frozen Breakfast, Mrs. Paul’s Seafood, Van De Kamp’s Seafood, Celeste Pizza and Lender’s Bagels), Aurora Foods, Stella Foods, The Morningstar Group, International Home Foods (Chef Boyardee, Pam Cooking Spray, Gulden’s Mustard and Bumble Bee Tuna), Ghirardelli Chocolate, Mumm and Perrier Jouet Champagnes and Hillsdown Holdings, PLC (Premier International Foods, Burtons Biscuits and Christie Tyler Furniture), among others. Mr. Metropoulos holds a B.S. and an M.B.A. from Babson College. Mr. Metropoulos’ business expertise, financial acumen and business industry contacts make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Alec Gores has been our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors since August 2018. Mr. Gores is the Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Gores Group, a global investment firm focused on acquiring businesses that can benefit from the firm’s operating expertise. Mr. Gores implemented an operational approach to private equity investing when he founded The Gores Group in 1987 by operating businesses alongside management, or in some cases in lieu of management, to build value in those entities. Since then, the firm has acquired more than 100 businesses including a current portfolio of more than 20 active companies worldwide. Mr. Gores began his career as a self-made entrepreneur and operating executive. In 1978, he self-funded and founded Executive Business Systems (EBS), a developer and distributor of vertical business software systems. Within seven years, EBS had become a leading value-added reseller in Michigan and employed over 200 people. In 1986, CONTEL purchased EBS, and Mr. Gores subsequently began acquiring and operating non-core businesses from major corporations and building value in those entities, a decision that ultimately led to the founding of what has evolved into The Gores Group today. Under his leadership, The Gores Group has continued to acquire businesses in need of operational and financial resources, while creating value and working with management teams to establish an entrepreneurial environment as a foundation for sustainable growth. This philosophy has served the firm well. Mr. Gores served as the Chairmanstandards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of Directors of Gores Holdings from its inception in June 2015 until completion of(United States) (PCAOB), the Hostess acquisition in November 2016. Additionally, Mr. Gores has served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings II (Nasdaq: GSHT) and Gores Holdings III (Nasdaq: GRSH) since their inceptions in August 2016 and October 2017, respectively. Mr. Gores holds a degree in Computer Science from Western Michigan University. Mr. Gores’ significant investment and financial expertise make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Andrew McBride has been our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary since August 2018. Mr. McBride has served as Director, Finance and Tax at The Gores Group since February 2010, where he is responsible for tax due diligence and structuring of acquisitions, compliance, planning, financial management and portfolio company reporting. Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings from January 2016


until completion of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016. Additionally, Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings II (Nasdaq: GSHT) from its inception in August 2016 until October 2018 and he has served as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings III (Nasdaq: GRSH ) since its inception in October 2017. Previously, from January 2008 to January 2010, Mr. McBride worked in the High Net Worth group at Ehrhardt, Keefe, Steiner, and Hottman, P.C.. From January 2004 to January 2008, Mr. McBride was with KPMG, LLP, assisting international corporations with tax planning, structuring and compliance issues. Mr. McBride holds a B.S. in Accounting and Finance from the University of Notre Dame and is licensed as a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Colorado.

Randall Bort serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Bort is a Co-Founder of SandTree Holdings, LLC, a private commercial real estate investment firm since November 2012. Previously, Mr. Bort was an investment banker at Drexel Burnham Lambert, BT Securities, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Credit Suisse First Boston, The Mercanti Group and Imperial Capital. Mr. Bort has significant financial, transactional and capital markets experience across multiple industries and has worked both domestically and in Asia. Mr. Bort earned a B.A. in Economics and Mathematics from Claremont McKenna College and an M.B.A. in Finance and Entrepreneurial Management from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Bort served as a member of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings from August 2015 until completion of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016. Additionally, Mr. Bort has served as a member of the Board of Directors of Verra Mobility Corp. (Nasdaq: VRRM) (formerly Gores Holdings II (Nasdaq: GSHT)) and Gores Holdings III (Nasdaq: GRSH ) since their inceptions in August 2016 and October 2017, respectively. Mr. Bort also is a member of the Board of Trustees of Children’s Bureau, a non-profit organization based in Los Angeles focused on foster care and the prevention of child abuse. Mr. Bort’s significant investment and financial expertise make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Michael Cramer serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Cramer has been the Chief Administrative Officer & Executive VP at Hostess Brands, Inc. since 2013 and the Founding Director-Texas Program in Sports and Media at The University of Texas at Austin since 2010. Mr. Cramer was employed as a Director, SVP-Business Planning & Development by The Pabst Brewing Co. from 2010 to 2014, and was previously employed as an Associate Professor by New York University, a Chief Administrative Officer & Executive VP by Pinnacle Foods Corp., a President & Chief Operating Officer by Hicks Sports Group LLC and President of the Texas Rangers Baseball Club and Dallas Stars Hockey team, an Executive Vice President & General Counsel by Morningstar Group, Inc., an Executive VP-Administration & General Counsel by Stella Foods, Inc., a Vice President by CDM Hostess Class C LLC, a Vice President by Fairmont Aviation LLC, a Principal by Ghirardelli Chocolate Co., and a Director & Executive Vice President by International Home Foods, Inc. He also practiced law for approximately 10 years in Wisconsin. He received his undergraduate degree from State University of New York at Albany and a J.D. from Marquette University Law School. Mr. Cramer’s significant financial and strategic expertise make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.  

Joseph Gatto serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Gatto was a partner at Perella Weinberg Partners, L.P., a leading independent global financial services firm providing corporate advisory and asset management services (“PWP”) from 2012 through 2018. Prior to his employment at PWP, Mr. Gatto was an investment banker holding senior roles in mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance at Goldman, Sachs & Co., Lehman Brothers Inc. and Barclays plc. Mr. Gatto has significant financial, transactional and capital markets experience, particularly in the consumer products and retail industries, and has worked with clients in the Americas, Europe and Asia. Mr. Gatto has also served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at the University of Pennsylvania Law School and a Fellow at Harvard University’s Advanced Leadership Initiative. Mr. Gatto holds an A.B. in economics and international affairs from the Woodrow Wilson School at Princeton University. He also holds an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and a J.D. from the University of Pennsylvania Law School. Mr. Gatto’s significant investment banking, financial and strategic expertise make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Our Board consists of five directors. Our board of directors will be divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors,


consisting of Randall Bort, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Michael Cramer and Joseph Gatto, will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Dean Metropoulos and Alec Gores, will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our business combination.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board has two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of NASDAQ and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors, and the rules of NASDAQ require that the compensation committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors.

Audit Committee

Our Board has established an audit committee of the Board. Randall Bort, Michael Cramer and Joseph Gatto serve as members of our audit committee. Under the NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent within one year of the listing of our Class A common stock.

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our Board has determined that Randall Bort qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in applicable SEC rules.

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent auditors and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

reviewing and discussing with the independent auditors all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors;

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent auditors describing (i) the independent auditor's internal quality-control procedures and (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;


reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

reviewing with management, the independent auditors, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding ourconsolidated financial statements or accounting policiesas of and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Compensation Committee

Our Board has established a compensation committee of the Board. Compensation committee members include Randall Bort, Michael Cramer and Joseph Gatto. Under the NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least two members of the compensation committee, all of whom must be independent. Randall Bort, Michael Cramer and Joseph Gatto are independent.

We have adopted a compensation committee charter which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer's compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer's performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the compensation of all of our other officers;

reviewing on an annual basis our executive compensation policies and plans;

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;

if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

It is likely that prior to the consummation of a business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such business combination.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by NASDAQ and the SEC.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee, though we intend to form a corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by law or NASDAQ rules. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of the NASDAQ rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by


the Board. The Board believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(1)(A) of the NASDAQ rules, all such directors are independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

The Board will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our stockholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Our stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to the Board should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the Board considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the Board or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of our Common Stock to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review of such Forms, we believe that during the year ended December 31, 2018 there were no delinquent filers.

2023, of the Company and our report dated February 28, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
San Jose, California
February 28, 2024
100

Table of Contents
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
Our Section 16 officers and directors (as defined in Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act) may from time to time enter into plans for the purchase or sale of the Company’s stock that are intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act. During the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2023, the following Section 16 officers terminated “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangements” (as defined in Item 408 under Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act) as described in the table below:
Name and TitleDate AdoptedAggregate Number of Shares of Class A Common Stock to be Sold Pursuant to Trading ArrangementDuration
Date
Terminated
Thomas J. Fennimore
Chief Financial Officer
September 15, 2023Up to 375,000 shares of Class A common stock to be soldUntil June 17, 2024 or earlier as provided in the PlanNovember 8, 2023
Alan Prescott
Chief Legal Officer
September 19, 2023Up to 180,000 shares of Class A common stock to be soldUntil August 5, 2024 or earlier as provided in the PlanNovember 8, 2023

We are reporting the following information in lieu of reporting on a Current Report on Form 8-K under Item 1.01 Entry Into or Amendment of a Material Definitive Agreement and Item 2.03 Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.
Effective February 23, 2024, the Company and The St. James Bank & Trust Company Ltd. (the “Lender”) entered into two separate Non-Recourse Loan and Securities Pledge Agreements (the “Loan Agreements”), structured and arranged by Hedgebay Securities, LLC. Pursuant to the Loan Agreements, the Lender agreed to make loans (the “Loans”) to the Company which may be borrowed in tranches from time to time up to an aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million, subject to the terms and conditions therein. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Loan Agreements.
The Company agreed to pledge as collateral shares of its Class A Common Stock and shares of another company it holds. Other than the pledged securities and the amount available for borrowing, the Loan Agreements have the same material terms and conditions.
Pursuant to the Loan Agreements, if the Company makes a request for a borrowing, the amount available under the Loan shall be equal to 50% of the Collateral Value. The maturity date for all Loans is the fourth anniversary of the date a Loan is first made (if any). The Company is required to pay the Lender an up-front structure fee in an amount equal to 1.5% of the principal amount of each Loan at the time of borrowing.
All outstanding amounts of the Loans, if any, shall accrue interest at the rate of 8.0% per annum, with such interest being payable to the Lender on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of occurrence of an Event of Default. Among other things, an Event of Default includes certain stock price and trading volume declines, or a cessation or suspension of trading, in the shares serving as collateral. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Lender would be entitled to, in its sole discretion, among other things, sell the shares pledged as collateral.
Subject to the terms of the applicable Loan Agreement, the Company has the right to prepay the Loans following the 24-month anniversary of the date the first Loan was made (if any).
The foregoing descriptions of the Loan Agreements are not purported to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text of such agreements, copies of which are filed hereto as Exhibits 10.20 and 10.21, respectively, and incorporated by reference herein.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.
Not applicable.
101

Table of Contents
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
The information required by this item will be included under the captions “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance,” “Proposal One: Election of Directors” and “Executive Officers” in our Proxy Statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2023 and is incorporated herein by reference.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicablethat applies to all of the members of our board of directors, executive officers and employees, that complies with the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ. Theincluding our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics codifiesis posted on the business and ethical principles that govern all aspectsInvestor Relations section of our business.  We have previously filed copieswebsite, which is located at https://investors.luminartech.com by clicking on “Governance Documents” in the “Governance” section of our form Code of Ethics, our form of Audit Committee Charter and our form of Compensation Committee Charter as exhibits to our registration statement in connection with our Public Offering. You may review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request to us in writing at 9800 Wilshire Blvd. Beverly Hills, California 90212 or by telephone at (310) 209-3010.website. We intend to disclose any amendmentssatisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding amendment to, or waivers of certain provisionswaiver from, a provision of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics by posting such information on our website at the location specified above.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required by this item will be included under the captions “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” and “Executive Compensation” in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Conflicts of Interest

The Gores Group manages several investment vehicles and Mr. Metropoulos, together with trustsour Proxy Statement for the benefit2024 Annual Meeting of his family, engagesStockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2023 and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The information required by this item will be included under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in private equity investing. Mr. Metropoulos, funds managed by Gores or their respective affiliates may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If any of them decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from procuring such opportunities. In addition, investment ideas generated by Mr. Metropoulos, or within Gores, including by Mr. Gores, may be suitable for both us andour Proxy Statement for the Metropoulos family or a current or future Gores fund and may2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be directed to Mr. Metropoulos or such investment vehicle rather than to us. Neither Mr. Metropoulos, Gores nor members of our management team who are also employed by certain affiliates of Mr. Metropoulos or The Gores Group have any obligation to present usfiled with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware, unless presented to such member solely in his or her capacity as an officerthe SEC within 120 days of the company. Mr. Metropoulos, Gores and/or our management, in their capacities as officers or managing directors of Gores or in their other endeavors, may beyear ended December 31, 2023 and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
The information required to present potential business combinations to the related entities described above, current or future Gores investment vehicles, Mr. Metropoulos or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is orby this item will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or


contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

In addition, our Sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our business combination. As a result, our Sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. In particular, an affiliate of our Sponsor is currently Sponsoring another blank check company, Gores Holdings III, which may seek to complete a business combination in any industry or location. Further, one of our director, Mr. Bort, serves as a director of Gores Holdings III and Mr. McBride, our Chief Financial Officer, serves as the Chief Financial Officer of Gores Holdings III. Any such companies, including Gores Holdings III, may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.

In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Our Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and public shares in connection with the consummation of our business combination. Additionally, our Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares if we fail to consummate our business combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date. If we do not complete our business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the Founder Shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our Sponsor until the earlier of (1) one year after the completion of our business combination and (2) the date on which we consummate a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization, or other similar transaction after our business combination that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock for cash, securities or other property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the last sale price of our Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our business combination, the Founder Shares will be released from the lock-up. With certain limited exceptions, the Private Placement Warrants and the Common Stock underlying such Warrants, will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our business combination. Since our Sponsor and officers and directors may directly or indirectly own Capital Stock and Private Placement Warrants, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our business combination.

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our business combination.


Our Sponsor, officers or directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a business combination and financing arrangements as we may obtain loans from our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or any of our officers or directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Warrant at the option of the lender. Such Warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.

The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the lawscaptions “Board of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business;Directors and

it would not be fair to the corporation Corporate Governance” and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the doctrine of corporate opportunity will not apply with respect to any of our officers or directors in circumstances where the application of the doctrine would conflict with any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations they may have.

We are not prohibited from pursuing a business combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our business combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that such a business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

In the event that we submit our business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote any founder shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after the offering in favor of our business combination and our officers and directors have also agreed to vote any public shares purchased during or after the offering in favor of our business combination. Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may present a conflict of interest:

Name of Individual

Entity Name

Entity’s Business

Affiliation

Dean Metropoulos

Metropoulos & Co.

Private equity and SPAC investments

Director and Officer

Alec Gores

The Gores Group, LLC(1)

Private equity and SPAC investments

Director and Officer

Andy McBride

The Gores Group, LLC(1)

Private equity and SPAC investments

Director and Officer

Randall Bort

None

Michael Cramer

None

Joseph Gatto

None

(1)

Includes all portfolio companies and certain other affiliates of The Gores Group.

Accordingly, if any of the above executive officers or directors become aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the above entities to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor these obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. We do not believe, however, that any of the foregoing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person


solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our Company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

We are not prohibited from pursuing a business combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, executive officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our business combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that such a business combination is fair to our Company from a financial point of view.

In the event that we submit our business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote their Founder Shares and their public shares, if any, in favor of our business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our officers and directors will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us or our stockholders for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their actions as directors.

We have entered into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws also permit us to maintain insurance on behalf of any officer, director or employee for any liability arising out of his or her actions, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit such indemnification. We have obtained a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.


Item 11.

Executive Compensation

None of our officers or directors has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on February 1, 2019, we have agreed to pay monthly recurring expenses of $20,000 to The Gores Group for office space, administrative and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of a business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.  In addition, we may pay our Sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation in connection with identifying, investigation and completing our business combination.  The individuals will also  be reimbursed for any out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, executive officers, directors and our or their affiliates and will determine which fees and expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed.

After the completion of our business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined, or recommended to the Board for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our Board.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of a business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after a business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management team to remain with us after the consummation of a business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

We have no compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

The following table sets forth information available to us at March 29, 2019 with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock held by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding Common Stock;

each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially own shares of our Common Stock; and

all executive officers and directors as a group.


Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the Private Placement Warrants, as they are not exercisable within 60 days of March 29, 2019.

Name and Address of

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Percentage of Shares of

 

 

Beneficial Owner(1)

 

Beneficially Owned(2)

 

 

Outstanding Common Stock

 

 

Gores Metropoulos Sponsor, LLC(3)

 

 

9,925,000

 

 

 

19.9

 

%

Alec Gores(3)

 

 

9,925,000

 

 

 

19.9

 

%

Dean Metropoulos(3)

 

 

 

*

 

 

Andrew McBride

 

 

 

*

 

 

Randall Bort

 

 

25,000

 

 

*

 

 

Joseph Gatto

 

 

25,000

 

 

*

 

 

Michael Cramer

 

 

25,000

 

 

*

 

 

All directors and executive officers as a

   group (6 individuals)

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

 

20.0

 

%

Integrated Core Strategies (US) LLC(4)

 

 

2,026,000

 

 

5.1

 

%

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

This table is based on 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of March 29, 2019. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as described in the footnotes below and subject to applicable community property laws and similar laws, we believe that each person listed above has sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the entities, directors and executives in this table is 9800 Wilshire Blvd., Beverly Hills, California 90212.

(2)

Represents shares of Class F common stock which are automatically convertible into shares of Common Stock at the time of our business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. Percentage ownership assumes all shares are converted to Common Stock.

(3)

Represents shares held by our Sponsor which is controlled indirectly by Mr. Metropoulos and Mr. Gores. They may be deemed to beneficially own 9,925,000 shares of Class F common stock and ultimately exercises voting and dispositive power of the securities held by our Sponsor. Voting and disposition decisions with respect to such securities are made by Mr. Metropoulos and Mr. Gores. They both disclaim beneficial ownership of these securities except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(4)

According to Schedule 13G filed on February 1, 2019. The business address of Integrated Core Strategies (US) LLC is 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10103.

Our Initial Stockholders beneficially own 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares of our Capital Stock. Because of this ownership block, our Initial Stockholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions.

On October 18, 2018, our Sponsor purchased 10,781,250 Founder Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. Subsequently, our Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 75,000 Founder Shares to the Company’s independent directors. On March 18, 2019, our Sponsor forfeited 781,250 Founder Shares following the expiration of the unexercised portion of the underwriter’s over-allotment option so that the Founder Shares held by our Initial Stockholders would represent 20% of our outstanding shares of Capital Stock following the consummation of our Public Offering.


On the IPO Closing Date, we consummated our Public Offering of 40,000,000 Units (which included the purchase of 2,500,000 Units subject to the underwriter’s over-allotment option) at a price of $10.00 per Unit generating gross proceeds of $400,000,000 before underwriting discounts and expenses. On the IPO Closing Date, we completed the private sale of the Private Placement Warrants.

Our Sponsor and our executive officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws. See “Item 13. Certain“Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independent” belowParty Transactions” in our Proxy Statement for additional information regarding our relationshipsthe 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with our promoters.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Founder Shares

On October 18, 2018, our Sponsor purchased 10,781,250 Founder Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. Subsequently, our Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 75,000 Founder Shares to the Company’s independent directors. On March 18, 2019, our Sponsor forfeited 781,250 Founder Shares following the expirationSEC within 120 days of the unexercised portionyear ended December 31, 2023 and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.
The information required by this item will be included under the caption “Proposal Two: Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Proxy Statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the underwriter’s over-allotment option so that the Founder Shares held by our Initial Stockholders would represent 20% of our outstanding shares of Capital Stock following the consummation of our Public Offering.

The Founder Shares are identical to shares of our Common Stock included in the Units sold in the Public Offering except that the Founder Shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions and are automatically convertible into shares of our Common Stock at the time of a business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

The Initial Stockholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any Founder Shares until 180 days after our business combination, (the “Founder Shares Lock-Up Period”).  

Private Placement Warrants

On the IPO Closing Date, our Sponsor purchased 6,666,666 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant, or $10,000,000. Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share of Common Stock. The Private Placement Warrants may not be redeemed by the Company so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees. If any Private Placement Warrants are transferred to holders other than our Sponsor or its permitted transferees, such Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Warrants included in the Units sold in the Public Offering. Our Sponsor and its permitted transferees have the option to exercise the Private Placement Warrants on a physical (cash) or net share (cashless) basis.

The Initial Stockholders have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any Private Placement Warrants and the Common Stock underlying such Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of our business combination (such period, together with the Founder Shares Lock-Up Period, the “Lock-Up Periods”).

If we do not complete a business combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be used to fund the redemption of our Common Stock, subject to the requirements of applicable law, and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.


Registration Rights

Holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, have registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands that the Company register under the Securities Act the warrants and the Common Stock underlying the warrants and the Founder Shares. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed by the Company subsequent to its completion of a business combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement provides that that Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable Lock-Up Period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Related Party Notes

On October 18, 2018, our Sponsor loaned us an aggregate of $150,000 by the issuance of an unsecured promissory note for $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering. Onyear ended December 31, 2018, the outstanding balance on the loan was $150,000. On January 25, 2019, our Sponsor loaned us an additional $150,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering. These Notes were non-interest bearing2023 and payable on the earlieris incorporated herein by reference.

102

Table of September 30, 2019 or the completion of the Public Offering. Contents
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

The carrying amount of the Notes approximates fair value because of their short maturity. These Notes were repaid in full upon the completion of the Public Offering.

We may pay our Sponsor, or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which theyfollowing documents are affiliated, a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation in connection with identifying, investigation and completing our business combination.  These individuals will also be reimbursed for any out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf suchfiled as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which fees and expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on payments that may be made to our Sponsor, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with our business combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete a business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from the Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. The terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in the Trust Account.

After our business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

Administrative Services Agreement

On February 1, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement to pay monthly recurring expenses to The Gores Group of $20,000 for office space, utilities and secretarial support. The agreement terminates upon the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the liquidation of the Company.


Director Independence

NASDAQ listing standards require that a majority of our Board be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s Board, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our Board has determined that Messrs. Bort, Cramer, and Gatto are “independent directors” as defined in the NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Fees for professional services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm since August 28, 2018 include:

For the Period from

August 28, 2018 (inception) to

December 31, 2018

Audit Fees(1)

$

23,500

Audit-Related Fees(2)

Tax Fees(3)

All Other Fees(4)

Total

$

23,500

(1)

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.

(2)

Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our year-end financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

(3)

Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services relating to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice.

(4)

All Other Fees. All other fees consist of fees billed for all other services.

Policy on Board Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of the Independent Auditors

The audit committee is responsible for appointing, setting compensation and overseeing the work of the independent auditors. In recognitionpart of this responsibility, the audit committee shall review and, in its sole discretion, pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors as provided under the audit committee charter.


PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, and Financial Statement Schedules

report:

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

1.Financial Statements:Statements. The financial statements listedincluded in “Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements” at “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”in Part II, Item 8 are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2.Financial Statement Schedules. None.
3.Exhibits. Exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
EXHIBIT INDEX
Incorporation by Reference
Exhibit NumberDescriptionFormFile NumberExhibit/Appendix ReferenceFiling DateFiled Herewith
2.1*8-K/A001-387912.112/8/20
3.18-K/A001-387913.112/8/20
3.2X
3.38-K001-387913.103/21/23
4.18-K/A001-387914.112/8/20
4.28-K/A001-387914.212/8/20
4.38-K/A001-387914.312/8/20
4.4X
4.58-K001-387914.112/17/21
4.610-K001-387914.703/1/22
10.18-K/A001-3879110.112/8/20
10.28-K/A001-3879110.412/8/20
10.38-K/A001-3879110.512/8/20
10.410-K001-3879110.402/28/23
10.5†8-K/A001-3879110.612/8/20
103

Table of Contents
10.6†10-K001-3879110.602/28/23
10.7†8-K/A001-3879110.812/8/20
10.8†8-K/A001-3879110.912/8/20
10.98-K/A001-3879110.1012/8/20
10.10†S-1/A333-25165710.1001/29/21
10.11†10-Q001-3879110.111/9/23
10.128-K001-387914.112/17/21
10.13S-4/A333-24879410.810/23/20
10.1410-Q001-3879110.108/13/21
10.15†10-Q001-3879110.111/15/21
10.16†8-K001-3879110.106/9/23
10.17S-4/A333-24879410.910/23/20
10.18†X
10.19†X
10.20X
10.21X
21.1X
104

Table of Contents

23.1

(b)

Exhibits:  The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Exhibit

Number

Description

X

    3.1

24.1

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 6, 2019).

    3.2

By Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on December 11, 2018).

    4.1

Specimen Unit Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on December 11, 2018).

    4.2

Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on December 11, 2018).

    4.3

Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on December 11, 2018).

    4.4

Warrant Agreement, dated January 31, 2019, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 6, 2019).

   10.1

Promissory Note, dated October 18, 2018, issued to Gores Metropoulos Sponsor, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on December 11, 2018).

   10.2

Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated January 31, 2019, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 6, 2019).

   10.3

Registration Rights Agreement, dated January 31, 2019, among the Company, Gores Metropoulos Sponsor, LLC and certain other security holders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 6, 2019).

   10.4

Sponsor Warrants Purchase Agreement effective as of January 30, 2019, between the Registrant and Gores Metropoulos Sponsor, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 6, 2019).

   10.5

Administrative Services Agreement, dated January 31, 2019, between the Company and The Gores Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 6, 2019)..


Exhibit

Number

Description

   10.6

Letter Agreement, dated February 1, 2019, among the Company, its officers and directors and Gores Metropoulos Sponsor, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 6, 2019).

   10.7

Form of Indemnity Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on December 11, 2018).

   10.8

Securities Subscription Agreement, dated October 18, 2018, between the Registrant and Gores Metropoulos Sponsor, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on December 11, 2018).

   24.1*

Power of Attorney (included on the signature pages herein)page).

X

   31.1*

31.1

X
31.2X

   31.2*

32.1

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

   32.1*

Furnished
herewith

97.1

X

   32.2*

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document.

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

X
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.X
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.X
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.X
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.X
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.X
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).
X

*

Filed herewith.


*The schedules to this Exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(2). The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request.

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY.
None provided.
105

Table of ContentsSIGNATURES

SIGNATURES.
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Reportreport to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

GORES METROPOULOS, INC.

Luminar Technologies, Inc.

Date: February 28, 2024

By:
/s/ Thomas J. Fennimore

Thomas J. Fennimore

Date:  March 29, 2019

By:

/s/ Alec Gores

Chief Financial Officer

Alec Gores

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal ExecutiveFinancial and Accounting Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

.

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each personindividual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Alec GoresAustin Russell and Andrew McBrideThomas J. Fennimore, and each or any one of them, severally, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-factattorneys-in-fact and agent,agents with the power to act, with or without the other, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities,his or her capacity as a director or officer or both, as the case may be, of the Company, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them,his substitute or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-Kreport has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Signature

Title

Title

Date

/s/ Dean Metropoulos

Austin Russell

Chairman and Director

March 29, 2019

Dean Metropoulos

/s/ Alec Gores

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (PrincipalChairman of the Board of Directors

February 28, 2024
Austin Russell(Principal Executive Officer)

March 29, 2019

Alec Gores

/s/ Andrew McBride

Thomas J. Fennimore

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

February 28, 2024
Thomas J. Fennimore(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Alec E. Gores

March 29, 2019

DirectorFebruary 28, 2024

Andrew McBride

Alec E. Gores
/s/ Jun Hong HengDirectorFebruary 28, 2024

Jun Hong Heng

/s/ Mary Lou Jepsen, PhD

Director

February 28, 2024

Mary Lou Jepsen, PhD

/s/ Randall Bort

Shaun Maguire, PhD

Director

Director

March 29, 2019

February 28, 2024

Randall Bort

Shaun Maguire, PhD
/s/ Katharine A. MartinDirectorFebruary 28, 2024

Katharine A. Martin

/s/ Matthew J. Simoncini

Director

February 28, 2024

Matthew J. Simoncini

/s/ Michael Cramer

Daniel D. Tempesta

Director

Director

March 29, 2019

February 28, 2024

Michael Cramer

Daniel D. Tempesta

/s/ Joseph Gatto

Director

March 29, 2019

Joseph Gatto

79

106